Category: Technology

  • MIL-OSI: Athabasca Oil Announces 2025 Second Quarter Results Highlighted by Strong Operational Results, Continued Share Buybacks and a Pristine Financial Position

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Athabasca Oil Corporation (TSX: ATH) (“Athabasca” or the “Company”) is pleased to report its second quarter results marked by strong operational performance, consistent financial results and execution on return of capital commitments. With low corporate break-evens, differentiated long-life assets and a pristine balance sheet, the Company is well positioned to advance its strategic priorities.

    Q2 2025 Consolidated Corporate Results

    • Production: Average production of 39,088 boe/d (98% Liquids), representing 4% (15% per share) growth year-over-year.
    • Cash Flow: Adjusted Funds Flow of $128 million ($0.25 per share). Cash Flow from Operating Activities of $101 million. Free Cash Flow of $66 million from Athabasca (Thermal Oil).
    • Capital Program: $73 million total capital expenditures including $54 million at Leismer to support the 40,000 bbl/d phased growth project.
    • Shareholder Returns: Purchased 24 million shares through its buy-back program year-to-date. The Company is committed to returning 100% of Free Cash Flow (Thermal Oil) to shareholders in 2025 and has completed ~$600 million in share buybacks since March 31, 2023, reducing its fully diluted share count by 21%.

    Operations Highlights

    • Leismer: Production currently ~28,000 bbl/d (June 2025) with four sustaining well pairs expected to be placed on production through the balance of the year. The progressive growth project remains on time and on budget. The Company expects production to stay flat until the next growth plateau of 32,000 bbl/d in H2 2026.
    • Hangingstone: Production currently ~8,900 bbl/d (June 2025) following the start-up of two extended reach well pairs which are outperforming management’s expectations. The asset continues to deliver meaningful free cash flow generation.
    • Duvernay Energy (“DEC”): A four well pad (30% working interest) with ~5,000 meter laterals was completed in mid July and will be placed on production in August. Completion operations are expected to commence on a three well pad (100% working interest) in September. DEC is positioned for strong operational momentum into year end with an exit target of ~6,000 boe/d.

    Resilient Producer

    • Pristine Financial Position: The Company has a Net Cash position of $119 million, Liquidity of $437 million (including $304 million cash) and a long-dated maturity of 2029 on its term debt. The Company also has $2.2 billion of tax pools (~80% high-value and immediately deductible).
    • Low Break-evens: Long-life, low decline assets afford Athabasca with a sustaining capital advantage. The Company’s 2025 Thermal Oil capital program which includes growth initiatives is fully funded within cash flow below US$50/bbl WTI. Long term sustaining capital investment is estimated at ~C$8/bbl (five‐year annual average) to hold production flat.

    2025 Corporate Guidance

    • Consolidated Production Outlook: The Company anticipates production at the upper end of guidance of 37,500 – 39,500 boe/d with an exit rate of ~41,000 boe/d. Thermal Oil production is trending at the upper end of its prior guidance of 33,500 – 35,500 bbl/d. Duvernay Energy is expected to average ~4,000 boe/d with an exit target of ~6,000 boe/d following the tie-in of two multi-well pads.
    • Thermal Capital: The forecast capital budget for Thermal oil is unchanged at ~$250 million, including sustaining capital and the Leismer expansion project. This $300 million expansion project (over three years) is highly economic (~$25,000/bbl/d capital efficiency) and provides flexibility with interim growth targets to ~32,000 bbl/d in H2 2026 and ~35,000 bbl/d in H1 2027 before achieving the regulatory approved 40,000 bbl/d capacity at the end of 2027. Athabasca’s Thermal Oil capital projects are flexible, highly economic and have phased optionality on timing based on the macroeconomic environment. By year-end 2025, the Company anticipates being ~50% complete of total capital exposure for the expansion project.
    • Duvernay Energy Corporation Capital: The 2025 capital program of ~$75 million will drive production momentum in H2 2025. The capital program in DEC is flexible and designed to be self-funded. The Company has a deep inventory of ~444 gross future drilling locations with no near-term land expiries.
    • Free Cash Flow Focus: The Company forecasts consolidated Adjusted Funds Flow between $525 – $550 million1, including $475 – $500 million from its Thermal Oil assets. 2025 Thermal Oil Free Cash Flow is forecasted at ~$250 million and is planned to be returned to shareholders through share buybacks. Every +US$1/bbl move in West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”) and Western Canadian Select (“WCS”) heavy oil impacts annual Adjusted Funds Flow by ~$10 million and ~$17 million, respectively.

    Corporate Consolidated Strategy

    • Value Creation: The Company’s Thermal Oil division provides a differentiated liquids weighted growth platform supported by financial resiliency to execute on return of capital initiatives. Athabasca’s subsidiary company, Duvernay Energy Corporation, is designed to enhance value for Athabasca’s shareholders by providing a clear path for self-funded production and cash flow growth in the Kaybob Duvernay resource play. Athabasca (Thermal Oil) and DEC have independent strategies and capital allocation frameworks.
    • Steadfast Focus on Cash Flow Per Share Growth: Athabasca’s disciplined capital allocation framework is designed to unlock shareholder value by prioritizing multi-year cash flow per share growth. The Company forecasts ~20% compounded annual cash flow per share growth between 2025-2029 driven by investing in attractive capital projects and prioritizing share buybacks with 100% of Free Cash Flow. The Company sees significant intrinsic value not reflected in the current share price and intends to remain active with its share buyback strategy.

    Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Strategy

    • Large Resource Base: Athabasca’s top-tier assets underpin a strong Free Cash Flow outlook with low sustaining capital requirements. The long life, low decline asset base includes ~1.2 billion barrels of Proved plus Probable reserves and ~1 billion barrels of Contingent Resource.
    • Strong Financial Position: Prudent balance sheet management is a core tenet of Athabasca’s strategy. The Company has a Net Cash position of $119 million, Liquidity of $437 million (including $304 million cash) and a long-dated maturity of 2029 on its term debt.
    • Leismer Progressive Growth: This $300 million expansion project (over three years) is highly economic (~$25,000/bbl/d capital efficiency) and provides flexibility with interim growth targets to ~32,000 bbl/d in H2 2026 and ~35,000 bbl/d in H1 2027 before achieving the regulatory approved 40,000 bbl/d capacity at the end of 2027. On completion of the expansion project, the Company can maintain Leismer at 40,000 bbl/d for approximately fifty years (Proved plus Probable Reserves).
    • Sustaining Hangingstone: The Hangingstone asset is very competitive and continues to deliver meaningful cash flow contributions to the Company. The objective is to sustain production and maintain competitive netbacks ($36.51/bbl H1 2025 Operating Netback).
    • Corner – Future Optionality: The Company’s Corner asset is a large de-risked oil sands asset adjacent to Leismer with 351 million barrels of Proved plus Probable reserves and 520 million barrels Contingent Resource (Best Estimate Unrisked). There are over 300 delineation wells and ~80% seismic coverage, with reservoir qualities similar to or better than Leismer. The asset has a 40,000 bbl/d regulatory approval for development with the existing pipeline corridor passing through the Corner lease. The Company has updated its development plans and is finalizing facility cost estimates, with a focus on capital efficient modular design.
    • Significant Multi-Year Free Cash Flow: Inclusive of the progressive growth at Leismer, Athabasca (Thermal Oil) expects to generate in excess of $1.8 billion of Free Cash Flow1 during the five-year time frame of 2025-29. Free Cash Flow will continue to support the Company’s return of capital initiatives.
    • Sound Heavy Oil Fundamentals: Canadian heavy oil markets remain strong supported by the Trans Mountain Expansion pipeline and sustained global refining demand. This has resulted in tighter and less volatile WCS heavy differentials with August index pricing at ~US$10/bbl. Athabasca is a direct beneficiary of structurally tighter differentials that are forecasted to hold in the coming years.
    • Thermal Oil Royalty Advantage: Athabasca has significant unrecovered capital balances on its Thermal Oil Assets that ensure a low Crown royalty framework (~6%1). Leismer is forecasted to remain pre-payout until late 20271 and Hangingstone is forecasted to remain pre-payout beyond 20301.
    • Tax Free Horizon Advantage: Athabasca (Thermal Oil) has $2.2 billion of valuable tax pools and does not forecast paying cash taxes this decade.

    Duvernay Energy Strategy

    • Accelerating Value: DEC is an operated, private subsidiary of Athabasca (owned 70% by Athabasca and 30% by Cenovus Energy). DEC accelerates value realization for Athabasca’s shareholders by providing a clear path for self-funded production and cash flow growth without compromising Athabasca’s capacity to fund its Thermal Oil assets or its return of capital strategy.
    • Kaybob Duvernay Focused: Exposure to ~200,000 gross acres in the liquids rich and oil windows with ~444 gross future well locations, including ~46,000 gross acres with 100% working interest.
    • Self-Funded Growth: Near-term activity will be funded within Adjusted Funds Flow, initial seed capital and the DEC credit facility. The Company has growth potential to in excess of ~20,000 boe/d (75% Liquids) by the late 2020s1.

    Footnote: Refer to the “Reader Advisory” section within this news release for additional information on Non‐GAAP Financial Measures (e.g. Adjusted Funds Flow, Free Cash Flow, Net Cash, Liquidity) and production disclosure.
    1 Pricing assumptions: H1 2025 actualized and US$65 WTI, US$12.50 WCS heavy differential, C$2 AECO, and 0.725 C$/US$ FX for H2 2025. 2026+ US$70 WTI, US$12.50 WCS heavy differential, C$3 AECO, and 0.725 C$/US$ FX

    Financial and Operational Highlights

      Three months ended
    June 30,
      Six months ended
    June 30,
     
    ($ Thousands, unless otherwise noted) 2025     2024     2025     2024    
    CORPORATE CONSOLIDATED(1)                
    Petroleum and natural gas production (boe/d)(2)   39,088       37,621       38,404       35,546    
    Petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales $ 360,070     $ 401,738     $ 727,914     $ 712,854    
    Operating Income(2) $ 141,707     $ 179,751     $ 287,297     $ 284,886    
    Operating Income Net of Realized Hedging(2)(3) $ 142,101     $ 178,176     $ 286,048     $ 284,756    
    Operating Netback ($/boe)(2) $ 38.81     $ 52.46     $ 41.30     $ 44.77    
    Operating Netback Net of Realized Hedging ($/boe)(2)(3) $ 38.92     $ 52.00     $ 41.12     $ 44.75    
    Capital expenditures $ 73,066     $ 48,453     $ 136,399     $ 124,464    
    Cash flow from operating activities $ 101,432     $ 135,083     $ 224,785     $ 211,721    
    per share – basic $ 0.20     $ 0.24     $ 0.44     $ 0.38    
    Adjusted Funds Flow(2) $ 127,591     $ 165,746     $ 257,266     $ 253,518    
    per share – basic $ 0.25     $ 0.30     $ 0.51     $ 0.45    
    ATHABASCA (THERMAL OIL)                
    Bitumen production (bbl/d)(2)   36,476       33,765       35,613       32,651    
    Petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales $ 355,160     $ 395,279     $ 717,535     $ 700,320    
    Operating Income(2) $ 135,803     $ 161,694     $ 271,119     $ 262,143    
    Operating Netback ($/bbl)(2) $ 39.79     $ 52.59     $ 42.02     $ 44.91    
    Capital expenditures $ 56,110     $ 34,084     $ 106,486     $ 76,203    
    Adjusted Funds Flow(2) $ 122,097     $ 149,413     $ 243,450     $ 233,126    
    Free Cash Flow(2) $ 65,987     $ 115,329     $ 136,964     $ 156,923    
    DUVERNAY ENERGY(1)                
    Petroleum and natural gas production (boe/d)(2)   2,612       3,856       2,791       2,895    
    Percentage Liquids (%)(2) 72 %   80 %   73 %   77 %  
    Petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales $ 13,526     $ 26,749     $ 31,145     $ 38,287    
    Operating Income(2) $ 5,904     $ 18,057     $ 16,178     $ 22,743    
    Operating Netback ($/boe)(2) $ 24.84     $ 51.46     $ 32.03     $ 43.17    
    Capital expenditures $ 16,956     $ 14,369     $ 29,913     $ 48,261    
    Adjusted Funds Flow(2) $ 5,494     $ 16,333     $ 13,816     $ 20,392    
    Free Cash Flow(2) $ (11,462 )   $ 1,964     $ (16,097 )   $ (27,869 )  
    NET INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                
    Net income and comprehensive income(4) $ 56,870     $ 96,076     $ 128,874     $ 134,685    
    per share – basic(4) $ 0.11     $ 0.17     $ 0.25     $ 0.24    
    per share – diluted(4) $ 0.11     $ 0.17     $ 0.25     $ 0.24    
    COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING                
    Weighted average shares outstanding – basic   502,593,860       557,299,962       508,393,229       562,188,451    
    Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted   510,591,132       566,559,671       512,076,328       569,058,329    
      June 30,   December 31,  
    As at ($ Thousands) 2025   2024  
    LIQUIDITY AND BALANCE SHEET (CONSOLIDATED)        
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 304,048   $ 344,836  
    Available credit facilities(5) $ 133,074   $ 136,324  
    Face value of term debt $ 200,000   $ 200,000  
     
    (1) Corporate Consolidated and Duvernay Energy reflect gross production and financial metrics before taking into consideration Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.
    (2) Refer to the “Reader Advisory” section within this News Release for additional information on Non-GAAP Financial Measures and production disclosure.
    (3) Includes realized commodity risk management gain of $0.4 million and loss of $1.2 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 (three and six months ended June 30, 2024 – loss of $1.6 million and $0.1 million).
    (4) Net income and comprehensive income per share amounts are based on net income and comprehensive income attributable to shareholders of the Parent Company. In the calculation of diluted net income per share for the three months ended June 30, 2025 net income was increased by $0.4 million, to account for the impact to net income had the outstanding warrants been converted to equity. In the calculation of diluted net income per share for the three months ended June 30, 2024 net income was reduced by $0.4 million, to account for the impact to net income had the outstanding warrants been converted to equity.
    (5) Includes available credit under Athabasca’s and Duvernay Energy’s Credit Facilities and Athabasca’s Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility.
     

    Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Q2 2025 Highlights and Operations Update

    • Production: Production of 36,476 bbl/d (27,818 bbl/d at Leismer and 8,658 bbl/d at Hangingstone).
    • Cash Flow: Adjusted Funds Flow of $122.1 million; Operating Income of $135.8 million with an Operating Netback of $39.79/bbl ($42.02/bbl H1 2025).
    • Capital: $56.1 million of capital expenditures in Q2, with $53.9 million at Leismer as the Company advances the 40,000 bbl/d progressive growth project.
    • Free Cash Flow: $66.0 million of Free Cash Flow supporting return of capital commitment.

    Leismer

    Earlier this year, the Company brought six extended reach redrills on Pad L1 (1,000 – 1,700 meter laterals) on production supporting current production of ~28,000 bbl/d (June 2025). Four well pairs on Pad L10 are expected to maintain production rates at facility capacity for the balance of 2025. The first two wells started steaming in April with production expected in Q3, and the final two will begin steaming this summer with first production expected in Q4. Another six well pairs will be drilled on Pad 11 in H2 2025.

    Activity at Leismer remains focused on advancing progressive growth to 40,000 bbl/d by the end of 2027. The project cost is estimated at $300 million generating a capital efficiency of approximately $25,000/bbl/d. The $300 million will be spent between 2025 and 2027 and includes an estimated $190 million for facility capital and an estimated $110 million for growth wells. By year-end 2025, the Company anticipates being ~50% complete of total capital exposure for the expansion project. The project remains on budget and on schedule with the original sanction plans announced in July 2024. The progressive build provides flexibility with interim growth targets to ~32,000 bbl/d in H2 2026 following the next planned turnaround, and ~35,000 bbl/d in H1 2027 before achieving the regulatory approved 40,000 bbl/d capacity at the end of 2027.

    Hangingstone

    At Hangingstone, two extended reach sustaining well pairs (~1,400 meter average laterals) were placed on production in March with production of ~8,900 bbl/d (June 2025). The well pairs ramped up faster than anticipated, benefiting from favorable reservoir temperatures and pressure supported by offsetting wells. Current well pair performance between 800 – 1,000 bbl/d per well has exceeded management’s expectations. Hangingstone continues to deliver meaningful cash flow contributions to the Company.

    Duvernay Energy Corporation Q2 2025 Highlights and Operations Update

    • Production: Production of 2,612 boe/d (72% Liquids).
    • Cash Flow: Adjusted Funds Flow of $5.5 million with an Operating Netback of $24.84/boe ($32.03/boe H1 2025).
    • Capital: $17.0 million of capital expenditures including completions on a 30% working interest four-well pad.  

    During the quarter completions operations commenced on a four well pad (30% working interest) with average laterals of ~5,000 meters. Completion operations on this pad were completed in mid July and the wells are expected to be on production in early August. A three well pad (100% working interest) is scheduled to be completed in early Fall and on production shortly thereafter. Earlier in 2025, a strategic gathering system was completed connecting the operated wells to existing operated infrastructure.

    Production from new wells drilled in 2024 continue to validate DEC’s type curve expectations. The five wells placed on production have averaged IP30’s of ~1,200 boe/d per well (86% Liquids) and IP90s of ~940 boe/d (86% Liquids) per well.

    DEC retains significant operational flexibility with no near-term land expiries and the ability to adjust spending in response to commodity price movements.

    About Athabasca Oil Corporation

    Athabasca Oil Corporation is a Canadian energy company with a focused strategy on the development of thermal and light oil assets. Situated in Alberta’s Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin, the Company has amassed a significant land base of extensive, high quality resources. Athabasca’s light oil assets are held in a private subsidiary (Duvernay Energy Corporation) in which Athabasca owns a 70% equity interest. Athabasca’s common shares trade on the TSX under the symbol “ATH”. For more information, visit www.atha.com.

    For more information, please contact:

    Reader Advisory:

    This News Release contains forward-looking information that involves various risks, uncertainties and other factors. All information other than statements of historical fact is forward-looking information. The use of any of the words “anticipate”, “plan”, “project”, “continue”, “maintain”, “may”, “estimate”, “expect”, “will”, “target”, “forecast”, “could”, “intend”, “potential”, “guidance”, “outlook” and similar expressions suggesting future outcome are intended to identify forward-looking information. The forward-looking information is not historical fact, but rather is based on the Company’s current plans, objectives, goals, strategies, estimates, assumptions and projections about the Company’s industry, business and future operating and financial results. This information involves known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking information. No assurance can be given that these expectations will prove to be correct and such forward-looking information included in this News Release should not be unduly relied upon. This information speaks only as of the date of this News Release. In particular, this News Release contains forward-looking information pertaining to, but not limited to, the following: our strategic plans; the allocation of future capital; timing and quantum for shareholder returns including share buybacks; the terms of our NCIB program; our drilling plans and capital efficiencies; production growth to expected production rates and estimated sustaining capital amounts; timing of Leismer’s and Hangingstone’s pre-payout royalty status; applicability of tax pools; Adjusted Funds Flow and Free Cash Flow over various periods; type well economic metrics; number of drilling locations; forecasted daily production and the composition of production; break-even metrics, our outlook in respect of the Company’s business environment, including in respect of commodity pricing; and other matters.

    In addition, information and statements in this News Release relating to “Reserves” and “Resources” are deemed to be forward-looking information, as they involve the implied assessment, based on certain estimates and assumptions, that the reserves and resources described exist in the quantities predicted or estimated, and that the reserves and resources described can be profitably produced in the future. With respect to forward-looking information contained in this News Release, assumptions have been made regarding, among other things: commodity prices; the regulatory framework governing royalties, taxes and environmental matters in the jurisdictions in which the Company conducts and will conduct business and the effects that such regulatory framework will have on the Company, including on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations; the Company’s financial and operational flexibility; the Company’s financial sustainability; Athabasca’s cash flow break-even commodity price; the Company’s ability to obtain qualified staff and equipment in a timely and cost-efficient manner; the applicability of technologies for the recovery and production of the Company’s reserves and resources; future capital expenditures to be made by the Company; future sources of funding for the Company’s capital programs; the Company’s future debt levels; future production levels; the Company’s ability to obtain financing and/or enter into joint venture arrangements, on acceptable terms; operating costs; compliance of counterparties with the terms of contractual arrangements; impact of increasing competition globally; collection risk of outstanding accounts receivable from third parties; geological and engineering estimates in respect of the Company’s reserves and resources; recoverability of reserves and resources; the geography of the areas in which the Company is conducting exploration and development activities and the quality of its assets. Certain other assumptions related to the Company’s Reserves and Resources are contained in the report of McDaniel & Associates Consultants Ltd. (“McDaniel”) evaluating Athabasca’s Proved Reserves, Probable Reserves and Contingent Resources as at December 31, 2024 (which is respectively referred to herein as the “McDaniel Report”).

    Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in this forward-looking information as a result of the risk factors set forth in the Company’s Annual Information Form (“AIF”) dated March 5, 2025 available on SEDAR at www.sedarplus.ca, including, but not limited to: weakness in the oil and gas industry; exploration, development and production risks; prices, markets and marketing; market conditions; trade relations and tariffs; climate change and carbon pricing risk; statutes and regulations regarding the environment including deceptive marketing provisions; regulatory environment and changes in applicable law; gathering and processing facilities, pipeline systems and rail; reputation and public perception of the oil and gas sector; environment, social and governance goals; political uncertainty; state of capital markets; ability to finance capital requirements; access to capital and insurance; abandonment and reclamation costs; changing demand for oil and natural gas products; anticipated benefits of acquisitions and dispositions; royalty regimes; foreign exchange rates and interest rates; reserves; hedging; operational dependence; operating costs; project risks; supply chain disruption; financial assurances; diluent supply; third party credit risk; indigenous claims; reliance on key personnel and operators; income tax; cybersecurity; advanced technologies; hydraulic fracturing; liability management; seasonality and weather conditions; unexpected events; internal controls; limitations and insurance; litigation; natural gas overlying bitumen resources; competition; chain of title and expiration of licenses and leases; breaches of confidentiality; new industry related activities or new geographical areas; water use restrictions and/or limited access to water; relationship with Duvernay Energy Corporation; management estimates and assumptions; third-party claims; conflicts of interest; inflation and cost management; credit ratings; growth management; impact of pandemics; ability of investors resident in the United States to enforce civil remedies in Canada; and risks related to our debt and securities. All subsequent forward-looking information, whether written or oral, attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements.

    Also included in this News Release are estimates of Athabasca’s 2025 outlook which are based on the various assumptions as to production levels, commodity prices, currency exchange rates and other assumptions disclosed in this News Release. To the extent any such estimate constitutes a financial outlook, it was approved by management and the Board of Directors of Athabasca and is included to provide readers with an understanding of the Company’s outlook. Management does not have firm commitments for all of the costs, expenditures, prices or other financial assumptions used to prepare the financial outlook or assurance that such operating results will be achieved and, accordingly, the complete financial effects of all of those costs, expenditures, prices and operating results are not objectively determinable. The actual results of operations of the Company and the resulting financial results may vary from the amounts set forth herein, and such variations may be material. The outlook and forward-looking information contained in this New Release was made as of the date of this News release and the Company disclaims any intention or obligations to update or revise such outlook and/or forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required pursuant to applicable law.

    Oil and Gas Information

    “BOEs” may be misleading, particularly if used in isolation. A BOE conversion ratio of six thousand cubic feet of natural gas to one barrel of oil equivalent (6 Mcf: 1 bbl) is based on an energy equivalency conversion method primarily applicable at the burner tip and does not represent a value equivalency at the wellhead. As the value ratio between natural gas and crude oil based on the current prices of natural gas and crude oil is significantly different from the energy equivalency of 6:1, utilizing a conversion on a 6:1 basis may be misleading as an indication of value.

    Initial Production Rates 

    Test Results and Initial Production Rates: The well test results and initial production rates provided herein should be considered to be preliminary, except as otherwise indicated. Test results and initial production rates disclosed herein may not necessarily be indicative of long-term performance or of ultimate recovery.

    Reserves Information

    The McDaniel Report was prepared using the assumptions and methodology guidelines outlined in the COGE Handbook and in accordance with National Instrument 51-101 Standards of Disclosure for Oil and Gas Activities, effective December 31, 2024. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of bitumen, light crude oil and medium crude oil, tight oil, conventional natural gas, shale gas and natural gas liquids reserves and the future cash flows attributed to such reserves. The reserve and associated cash flow information set forth above are estimates only. In general, estimates of economically recoverable reserves and the future net cash flows therefrom are based upon a number of variable factors and assumptions, such as historical production from the properties, production rates, ultimate reserve recovery, timing and amount of capital expenditures, marketability of oil and natural gas, royalty rates, the assumed effects of regulation by governmental agencies and future operating costs, all of which may vary materially. For those reasons, estimates of the economically recoverable reserves attributable to any particular group of properties, classification of such reserves based on risk of recovery and estimates of future net revenues associated with reserves prepared by different engineers, or by the same engineers at different times, may vary. The Company’s actual production, revenues, taxes and development and operating expenditures with respect to its reserves will vary from estimates thereof and such variations could be material. Reserves figures described herein have been rounded to the nearest MMbbl or MMboe. For additional information regarding the consolidated reserves and information concerning the resources of the Company as evaluated by McDaniel in the McDaniel Report, please refer to the Company’s AIF.

    Reserve Values (i.e. Net Asset Value) is calculated using the estimated net present value of all future net revenue from our reserves, before income taxes discounted at 10%, as estimated by McDaniel effective December 31, 2024 and based on average pricing of McDaniel, Sproule and GLJ as of January 1, 2025.

    The 444 gross Duvernay drilling locations referenced include: 87 proved undeveloped locations and 85 probable undeveloped locations for a total of 172 booked locations with the balance being unbooked locations. Proved undeveloped locations and probable undeveloped locations are booked and derived from the Company’s most recent independent reserves evaluation as prepared by McDaniel as of December 31, 2024 and account for drilling locations that have associated proved and/or probable reserves, as applicable. Unbooked locations are internal management estimates. Unbooked locations do not have attributed reserves or resources (including contingent or prospective). Unbooked locations have been identified by management as an estimation of Athabasca’s multi-year drilling activities expected to occur over the next two decades based on evaluation of applicable geologic, seismic, engineering, production and reserves information. There is no certainty that the Company will drill all unbooked drilling locations and if drilled there is no certainty that such locations will result in additional oil and gas reserves, resources or production. The drilling locations on which the Company will actually drill wells, including the number and timing thereof is ultimately dependent upon the availability of funding, commodity prices, provincial fiscal and royalty policies, costs, actual drilling results, additional reservoir information that is obtained and other factors.

    Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures, and Production Disclosure

    The “Corporate Consolidated Adjusted Funds Flow”, “Corporate Consolidated Adjusted Funds Flow per Share”, “Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Adjusted Funds Flow”, “Duvernay Energy Adjusted Funds Flow”, “Corporate Consolidated Free Cash Flow”, “Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Free Cash Flow”, “Duvernay Energy Free Cash Flow”, “Corporate Consolidated Operating Income”, “Corporate Consolidated Operating Income Net of Realized Hedging”, “Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income”, “Duvernay Energy Operating Income”, “Corporate Consolidated Operating Netback”, “Corporate Consolidated Operating Netback Net of Realized Hedging”, “Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Netback”, “Duvernay Energy Operating Netback” and “Cash Transportation and Marketing Expense” financial measures contained in this News Release do not have standardized meanings which are prescribed by IFRS and they are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures or ratios. These measures may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers and should not be considered in isolation with measures that are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Net Cash and Liquidity are supplementary financial measures. The Leismer and Hangingstone operating results are supplementary financial measures that when aggregated, combine to the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) segment results.

    Adjusted Funds Flow, Adjusted Funds Flow Per Share and Free Cash Flow

    Adjusted Funds Flow and Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP financial measures and are not intended to represent cash flow from operating activities, net earnings or other measures of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS. The Adjusted Funds Flow and Free Cash Flow measures allow management and others to evaluate the Company’s ability to fund its capital programs and meet its ongoing financial obligations using cash flow internally generated from ongoing operating related activities. Adjusted Funds Flow per share is a non-GAAP financial ratio calculated as Adjusted Funds Flow divided by the applicable number of weighted average shares outstanding. Adjusted Funds Flow and Free Cash Flow are calculated as follows:

      Three months ended
    June 30, 2025
     
     ($ Thousands) Athabasca
    (Thermal Oil)
      Duvernay Energy(1)   Corporate
    Consolidated(1)
     
    Cash flow from operating activities $ 101,142   $ 290   $ 101,432  
    Changes in non-cash working capital   20,922     5,207     26,129  
    Settlement of provisions   33     (3 )   30  
    ADJUSTED FUNDS FLOW   122,097     5,494     127,591  
    Capital expenditures   (56,110 )   (16,956 )   (73,066 )
    FREE CASH FLOW $ 65,987   $ (11,462 ) $ 54,525  
    (1) Duvernay Energy and Corporate Consolidated reflect gross financial metrics before taking into consideration Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.
      Six months ended
    June 30, 2025
     
     ($ Thousands) Athabasca
    (Thermal Oil)
      Duvernay Energy(1)   Corporate
    Consolidated(1)
     
    Cash flow from operating activities $ 214,569   $ 10,216   $ 224,785  
    Changes in non-cash working capital   28,152     3,595     31,747  
    Settlement of provisions   729     5     734  
     ADJUSTED FUNDS FLOW   243,450     13,816     257,266  
    Capital expenditures   (106,486 )   (29,913 )   (136,399 )
     FREE CASH FLOW $ 136,964   $ (16,097 ) $ 120,867  
    (1) Duvernay Energy and Corporate Consolidated reflect gross financial metrics before taking into consideration Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.
      Three months ended
    June 30, 2024
     
     ($ Thousands) Athabasca
    (Thermal Oil)
      Duvernay Energy(1)   Corporate
    Consolidated(1)
     
    Cash flow from operating activities $ 124,027   $ 11,056   $ 135,083  
    Changes in non-cash working capital   25,375     5,390     30,765  
    Settlement of provisions   11     (113 )   (102 )
    ADJUSTED FUNDS FLOW   149,413     16,333     165,746  
    Capital expenditures   (34,084 )   (14,369 )   (48,453 )
    FREE CASH FLOW $ 115,329   $ 1,964   $ 117,293  
    (1) Duvernay Energy and Corporate Consolidated reflect gross financial metrics before taking into consideration Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.
      Six months ended
    June 30, 2024
     
     ($ Thousands) Athabasca
    (Thermal Oil)
      Duvernay Energy(1)   Corporate
    Consolidated(1)
     
    Cash flow from operating activities $ 197,068   $ 14,653   $ 211,721  
    Changes in non-cash working capital   34,761     5,535     40,296  
    Settlement of provisions   1,297     204     1,501  
     ADJUSTED FUNDS FLOW   233,126     20,392     253,518  
    Capital expenditures   (76,203 )   (48,261 )   (124,464 )
     FREE CASH FLOW $ 156,923   $ (27,869 ) $ 129,054  
    (1) Duvernay Energy and Corporate Consolidated reflect gross financial metrics before taking into consideration Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.
     

    Duvernay Energy Operating Income and Operating Netback

    The non-GAAP measure Duvernay Energy Operating Income in this News Release is calculated by subtracting the Duvernay Energy royalties, operating expenses and transportation & marketing expenses from petroleum and natural gas sales which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Duvernay Energy Operating Netback per boe is a non-GAAP financial ratio calculated by dividing the Duvernay Energy Operating Income by the Duvernay Energy production. The Duvernay Energy Operating Income and the Duvernay Energy Operating Netback measures allow management and others to evaluate the production results from the Company’s Duvernay Energy assets.

    The Duvernay Energy Operating Income is calculated using the Duvernay Energy Segments GAAP results, as follows:

      Three months ended
    June 30,
      Six months ended
    June 30,
     
    ($ Thousands, unless otherwise noted) 2025   2024   2025   2024  
    Petroleum and natural gas sales $ 13,526   $ 26,749   $ 31,145   $ 38,287  
    Royalties   (1,792 )   (3,498 )   (4,553 )   (5,812 )
    Operating expenses   (4,870 )   (4,063 )   (8,656 )   (7,703 )
    Transportation and marketing   (960 )   (1,131 )   (1,758 )   (2,029 )
    DUVERNAY ENERGY OPERATING INCOME $ 5,904   $ 18,057   $ 16,178   $ 22,743  
                             

    Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income and Operating Netback

    The non-GAAP measure Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income in this News Release is calculated by subtracting the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) segments cost of diluent blending, royalties, operating expenses and cash transportation & marketing expenses from heavy oil (blended bitumen) and midstream sales which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Netback per bbl is a non-GAAP financial ratio calculated by dividing the respective projects Operating Income by its respective bitumen sales volumes. The Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income and the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Netback measures allow management and others to evaluate the production results from the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) assets.

    The Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income is calculated using the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Segments GAAP results, as follows:

      Three months ended
    June 30,
      Six months ended
    June 30,
     
    ($ Thousands, unless otherwise noted) 2025   2024   2025   2024  
    Heavy oil (blended bitumen) and midstream sales $ 355,160   $ 395,279   $ 717,535   $ 700,320  
    Cost of diluent   (147,065 )   (148,166 )   (299,197 )   (282,026 )
    Total bitumen and midstream sales   208,095     247,113     418,338     418,294  
    Royalties   (9,431 )   (28,823 )   (25,395 )   (40,360 )
    Operating expenses – non-energy   (26,810 )   (24,417 )   (51,697 )   (47,542 )
    Operating expenses – energy   (13,621 )   (11,635 )   (27,128 )   (28,193 )
    Transportation and marketing(1)   (22,430 )   (20,544 )   (42,999 )   (40,056 )
    ATHABASCA (THERMAL OIL) OPERATING INCOME $ 135,803   $ 161,694   $ 271,119   $ 262,143  
    (1) Transportation and marketing excludes non-cash costs of $0.6 million and $1.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 (three and six months ended June 30, 2024 – $0.6 million and $1.1 million).
     

    Corporate Consolidated Operating Income and Corporate Consolidated Operating Income Net of Realized Hedging and Operating Netbacks

    The non-GAAP measures of Corporate Consolidated Operating Income including or excluding realized hedging in this News Release are calculated by adding or subtracting realized gains (losses) on commodity risk management contracts (as applicable), royalties, the cost of diluent blending, operating expenses and cash transportation & marketing expenses from petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Corporate Consolidated Operating Netbacks including or excluding realized hedging per boe are non-GAAP ratios calculated by dividing Corporate Consolidated Operating Income including or excluding hedging by the total sales volumes and are presented on a per boe basis. The Corporate Consolidated Operating Income and Corporate Consolidated Operating Netbacks including or excluding realized hedging measures allow management and others to evaluate the production results from the Company’s Duvernay Energy and Athabasca (Thermal Oil) assets combined together including the impact of realized commodity risk management gains or losses (as applicable).

      Three months ended
    June 30,
      Six months ended
    June 30,
     
    ($ Thousands, unless otherwise noted) 2025   2024   2025   2024  
    Petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales(1) $ 368,686   $ 422,028   $ 748,680   $ 738,607  
    Royalties   (11,223 )   (32,321 )   (29,948 )   (46,172 )
    Cost of diluent(1)   (147,065 )   (148,166 )   (299,197 )   (282,026 )
    Operating expenses   (45,301 )   (40,115 )   (87,481 )   (83,438 )
    Transportation and marketing(2)   (23,390 )   (21,675 )   (44,757 )   (42,085 )
    Operating Income   141,707     179,751     287,297     284,886  
    Realized gain (loss) on commodity risk mgmt. contracts   394     (1,575 )   (1,249 )   (130 )
    OPERATING INCOME NET OF REALIZED HEDGING $ 142,101   $ 178,176   $ 286,048   $ 284,756  
    (1) Non-GAAP measure includes intercompany NGLs (i.e. condensate) sold by the Duvernay Energy segment to the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) segment for use as diluent that is eliminated on consolidation.
    (2) Transportation and marketing excludes non-cash costs of $0.6 million and $1.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 (three and six months ended June 30, 2024 – $0.6 million and $1.1 million).
     

    Cash Transportation and Marketing Expense

    The Cash Transportation and Marketing Expense financial measures contained in this News Release are calculated by subtracting the non-cash transportation and marketing expense as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows from the transportation and marketing expense as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) and are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures.

    Net Cash

    Net Cash is defined as the face value of term debt, plus accounts payable and accrued liabilities, plus current portion of provisions and other liabilities plus income tax payable less current assets, excluding risk management contracts.

    Liquidity

    Liquidity is defined as cash and cash equivalents plus available credit capacity.

    Production volumes details

        Three months ended
    June 30,
      Six months ended
    June 30,
     
    Production   2025   2024   2025   2024  
    Duvernay Energy:                  
    Oil and condensate NGLs(1) bbl/d   1,608     2,806     1,723     2,006  
    Other NGLs bbl/d   282     266     304     223  
    Natural gas(2) mcf/d   4,329     4,706     4,585     3,998  
    Total Duvernay Energy boe/d   2,612     3,856     2,791     2,895  
    Total Thermal Oil bitumen bbl/d   36,476     33,765     35,613     32,651  
    Total Company production boe/d   39,088     37,621     38,404     35,546  
    (1) Comprised of 99% or greater of tight oil, with the remaining being light and medium crude oil.
    (2) Comprised of 99% or greater of shale gas, with the remaining being conventional natural gas.
     

    This News Release also makes reference to Athabasca’s forecasted average daily Thermal Oil production of 33,500 ‐ 35,500 bbl/d for 2025. Athabasca expects that 100% of that production will be comprised of bitumen. Duvernay Energy’s forecasted total average daily production of ~4,000 boe/d for 2025 is expected to be comprised of approximately 65% tight oil, 25% shale gas and 10% NGLs.

    Liquids is defined as bitumen, light crude oil, medium crude oil and natural gas liquids.

    Break Even is an operating metric that calculates the US$WTI oil price required to fund operating costs (Operating Break-even), sustaining capital (Sustaining Break-even), or growth capital (Total Capital) within Adjusted Funds Flow.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Press Briefing Transcript: Julie Kozack, Director, Communications Department, July 24, 2025

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    July 24, 2025

    SPEAKER:  Ms. Julie Kozack, Director of the Communications Department, IMF

    MS. KOZACK: Good morning, and welcome to the IMF Press Briefing. It is wonderful to see all of you, both those of you here in person and colleagues online as well. I’m Julie Kozack, Director of the Communications Department at the IMF. As usual, this briefing is embargoed until 11 A.M. Eastern Time in the United States. I’ll start with a few announcements and then I’ll take your questions in person on Webex and via the Press Center.
    First, we will be releasing our flagship publication, the World Economic Outlook Update, next Tuesday, July 29th. The report will offer fresh insights into the current global economic trends and external imbalances.
    For your planning purposes, our Executive Board will be in recess from August 4th through the 15th, and we will notify you in due course on the date of our next press briefing.
    And with that, I will now open the floor for your questions. For those connecting virtually, please turn on both your camera and microphone when speaking, and the floor is opened.

    QUESTIONER: Just wanted to ask you about the tariff situation that’s unfolding at the moment, given the recent trade deals that the U.S. has struck with its key trading partners, including Japan, Indonesia, Philippines, just recently. The European Union is under negotiations that’s coming to fruition soon. It looks like the consensus is kind of around a 15 to 20% tariff rate in that range, that the US is, sort of agreeing with its partners for. And I just wanted to know if the IMF views that as an acceptable rate? Whether this would be detrimental to the global economy. I know we have the WEO coming out in a few days. Just wanted to get your take on what’s unfolding right now.

    MS. KOZACK: Let us see if there’s any other questions on this topic before I answer. If anyone online wants to come in on this topic, please let us know.
    So let me start with where we are. Since April, when we think about the global economy, we see activity indicators that reflect a complex backdrop shaped by trade tensions. We also saw that in the first quarter of the year, the data showed some front-loading of exports and imports ahead of, at that time, what was expected tariff increases. The more recent data points to trade diversion and to some unwinding of the front-loading. And at the same time, we are seeing some trade deals. Some have lowered tariffs. And at the same time, there’s also been some deals or some, not deals, but we have seen increases in tariffs, for example, on steel, aluminum, and copper. So, our team is assessing all of this information as it is coming in. And they will put together a comprehensive picture, which we will talk about in the WEO next week.

    I would also just remind that when we released our WEO in April, we talked about a period of very high uncertainty. And at that time, we had in our WEO a reference forecast, right? And that reflected the fact that we were in an uncertain environment where there were many different paths forward. For example, we had an effective tariff rate of the U.S. of about 25 percent based on April 2nd announcements. That effective tariff rate for the U.S. declined to 14 percent based on the pause of April 9th. And of course, one of the important factors for assessing the impact of the deals on the U.S. economy and the global economy will be what is the new effective tariff rate that will prevail.
    So, all of that work is ongoing, and we will have a full assessment next week in the WEO.

    QUESTIONER: So, would the 15 to 20 percent rate be higher than what we saw in the April WEO?

    MS. KOZACK: I think the way I would answer that is to simply say that we are looking at all the deals in April, and we had an effective rate around 14 percent. There, of course, has been movement since April. There have been deals. There have been some reductions in some tariff rates. There have been increases in other tariff rates. So, the team is going to have to put together that comprehensive assessment to determine what would be the new effective tariff rate that would prevail. And then, we would be in a position to compare it to what we had based on the April 2 announcement, what we had based on the April 9 pause, and then where we are today.
    And another very important factor will be what is the overall impact on uncertainty, right? We have talked about being in a very highly uncertain environment. So, of course, we will be looking at that closely as well.

    QUESTIONER: The president of Ukraine recently signed a law that regulates the anti-corruption bodies in the country. How does the IMF view this law, and how can this impact IMF Ukraine cooperation moving forward? And secondly, Ukrainian Prime Minister Yulia Svyrydenko said Ukraine is facing a significant budget shortfall and is likely seeking a new IMF loan. What is the IMF’s assessment of the possibility of launching a new program?

    MS. KOZACK: Any other questions on Ukraine?

    QUESTIONER: I just wanted to follow up on whether, despite the moves by the Ukrainian government, can the IMF land to Ukraine?

    MS. KOZACK: Are there questions online on Ukraine? On Ukraine, let me just step back and remind kind of where we are with Ukraine.
    On June 30th, the IMF Board completed the Eighth Review of the EFF program and that enabled a disbursement of half a billion U.S. dollars. And that brought total disbursements under the program to U.S. $10.6 billion. Ukraine’s economy remains resilient. The authorities met, and this was reported as part of the Eighth Review, all of the end-March and continuous quantitative performance criteria; they met the prior action that was required for that review, and they also met two structural benchmarks.
    With respect to the specific questions, on the first question that you had, the enacted law, as we see it, neutralizes the effectiveness of Ukraine’s anti-corruption institutions. And from our perspective, that would be very problematic for macroeconomic stability and growth in Ukraine. Stepping back a bit, you know, the establishment and the development of independent institutions to detect and prosecute corruption cases has been central to the IMF’s engagement with Ukraine over the past 10 years. And these institutions have contributed to an improvement in governance in Ukraine over that period.
    Why is this important for Ukraine? From our perspective, Ukraine needs a robust anti-corruption architecture. And that will help level the playing field, improve the business climate, and attract private investment into Ukraine. And it’s a central piece of Ukraine’s reform agenda. So, from our perspective, safeguarding the independence of anti-corruption institutions remains a critical policy priority.
    We do take note of the government’s intention to introduce a new bill to restore the independence of the anti-corruption institutions.
    So, what I can say now is that in the coming weeks, the IMF Staff and the authorities are expected to intensify discussions about the 2026 budget and s to do an assessment of Ukraine’s financing needs, both for 2026 and over the medium term. They will be intensifying discussions to put together that comprehensive picture. That work is essential for the current program and any future potential engagement that we would have with Ukraine.

    QUESTIONER: If it finishes, what was the Staff assessment of the First Review of the agreement with Argentina and when would the Board’s definition be? And following the report on external reserves published this week, I think it was on Monday, does the IMF’s concerns continue?

    QUESTIONER: Has the Board already met to evaluate the First Review? And do you know if Argentina has requested a waiver? And how does the IMF assess the recent rate in this area, action rate and interest rates? And what are the causes of this change in monetary and exchange rate policy? Thank you.

    QUESTIONER: Yes, to add up to what was asked if there are any concerns regarding the impact of the exchange rates on inflation as well? And also, if the concerns remain regarding the weak external position for Argentina.

    QUESTIONER: President Milei has already confirmed that, for fiscal reasons, he will veto the laws recently passed by the Congress to increase pensions, extend the pension moratorium and declare an emergency disability. So, then has this intention being talked with the IMF previously or what is the IMF position on this matter?

    MS. KOZACK: On Argentina, here is what I can share today. So first, I want to mention that discussions on the First Review, which many of you have mentioned, are very advanced at this stage. And the next step in these discussions will be to reach a Staff-Level Agreement between the authorities and Staff. And we believe that that can happen very shortly. After the Staff-Level Agreement is reached, then Staff will present the documents to the Executive Board for their approval and consideration.
    What I can also add, and we have talked about that before here, is that the program has been off to a strong start. It has been underpinned by the continued implementation of tight macroeconomic policies, including a strong fiscal anchor and a tight monetary policy stance. The transition to a more flexible exchange rate regime has been smooth. Disinflation has resumed. And Argentina has reassessed international capital markets earlier than had been initially anticipated under the program.
    Given that our Staff and the authorities are very engaged in these discussions, which again are at an advanced stage, I’m not going to provide any further details now. We will give space for them to bring those discussions to a conclusion, and then we will, of course, communicate once those discussions have come to a conclusion. And again, we do think that a Staff-Level agreement could happen very, very shortly.

    QUESTIONER: Will the Board meeting be before, and start the holiday recess, or after? Because we are talking about 15 days, if not.

    MS. KOZACK: So right now, I don’t have any further details to share with you, but certainly once a Staff-Level Agreement is reached, we will be communicating, including the potential timing for formal Board discussion.

    QUESTIONER: Can you please kindly update us on the current status of the discussion between the IMF and the Republic of Senegal regarding the temporarily suspended disbursements? Especially with the Annual Meetings approaching in October in Washington, is there a realistic prospect of finalizing the matter before then? This is the first question.
    The second one, following the recent meeting between His Excellency, the President of the Republic of Senegal, Bassirou Diomaye Faye, and Mrs. Gita Gopinath, First Deputy Managing Director of the IMF, could you kindly also share some insight into the key topics discussed? What were the main points of their exchange, particularly in regard to economic and financial cooperation?

    MS. KOZACK: Any other questions on Senegal Online? Does anyone want to come in on Senegal?

    QUESTIONER: I have a follow-up because investors have been expecting the Board to consider the waiver by September. Is that timeline realistic? And the government also said it shared everything in its findings for reconciliation with the IMF. Does the Fund feel it has everything it needs in order to make the decision on the waiver?

    QUESTIONER: Have you received the report done by Mazars? And, is it enough to conclude the misreporting, and can we have maybe a time for the Board? And then, when can we expect also a new program?

    MS. KOZACK: So, let me turn to these questions.
    I’ll start by saying that the IMF remains closely engaged with Senegal. And as part of this process, as was noted, First Deputy Managing Director Gita Gopinath met with President Bassirou Faye during his visit to Washington, D.C. on July 9th. Our First Deputy Managing Director (FDMD), Gopinath, emphasized the IMF’s continued support, as Senegal works to resolve the misreporting matter. And the President reaffirmed his government’s strong commitment to transparency and reform.

    What I can also share is that an IMF Staff team will visit Dakar. The mission is tentatively planned for later in August. The purpose of the mission is going to be to discuss the steps needed to bring the misreporting case to our Executive Board. And the team will also use the opportunity to initiate discussions on the contours of a new IMF-supported program for Senegal. We are also working closely with the authorities to design the corrective actions aimed at addressing the root causes of the misreporting and, of course, to strengthen capacity development in Senegal.

    With respect to the questions on the report by Mazars, what I can share there is that we have received a preliminary debt inventory that has been prepared by Forvis Mazars. Our IMF Staff are currently reviewing that report and all the information in detail. The preliminary assessment in the report is broadly aligned with expectations, and the final validation is ongoing. And I will leave it at that on Senegal. That is what I can share for now.

    QUESTIONER: My question is on Japan. Last week, the upper house election in Japan was over, but still unclear on the composition of a new government. And what is it you are recommending? But almost all parties pledged fiscal — expansionary fiscal policies, from providing cash to reduction of consumption tax. And what is your recommendation to the new government, especially on fiscal policy, given the power of debt in Japan? And my second question is on monetary policy of Federal Reserve next week. And should the Federal Reserve cut interest rates preemptively under the circumstance of huge pressure from President Donald Trump.

    MS. KOZACK: Let us start with Japan. So maybe let me just step back a little bit to give an overview of how we assessed the Japanese economy in our April WEO.
    So, at that time, we expected growth to strengthen in Japan, and we expected inflation to converge to the Bank of Japan’s 2 percent target by 2027. Growth was projected to accelerate from 0.2 percent in 2024 to 0.6 percent this year. At the same time, and as has been the case for quite some time, Japan continues to have high levels of public debt. And because of that, our advice for Japan is for a clear fiscal consolidation plan to offset pressures from rising interest payments and also from aging-related spending. And because of this advice, we assess that Japan has limited fiscal space, again because of high public debt and these future spending needs.

    In the near term, our advice to Japan is that given this limited fiscal space, it is essential that any response to shocks, any fiscal response to shocks, is both temporary and also targeted. And by targeted, I mean targeted toward vulnerable households and firms that may be most affected by shocks. Generalized subsidies and tax cuts, in our view, should be avoided. And that is because they are not targeted to the most vulnerable, and they are not an efficient use of Japan’s limited fiscal space.

    And then, on your second question, what I can say about the U.S. economy is that the U.S. economy has proven to be resilient in the past few years. It is something that we have been talking about for quite some time. But we do see high-frequency data that indicate moderating domestic demand and low consumer and business sentiment in the U.S. In addition, and as we mentioned before, there was a strong front-loading of imports into the U.S. in the first quarter. And that, in anticipation of tariffs, and that led to an important drag on growth in the first quarter. At the same time, in the U.S., labor markets remain resilient, and the unemployment rate remains relatively low.

    With respect to inflation, we do see inflation on a path towards the Fed’s 2 percent target, but it is subject to upside risks. And that means that the Fed’s task is complex given the very highly uncertain economic environment. So the Fed will need to take into account both policies undertaken by the U.S. administration, as well as incoming data in, and of course, data on potential wage pressures as it comes to thinking about, you know, the extent of rate decisions and the timing of any rate decisions going forward.

    QUESTIONER: On Argentina, can the IMF confirm that there was a meeting on Tuesday between the Board and Staff regarding the first program review? And I know you said you wouldn’t be able to divulge much details, but I’m going to ask it anyway. When should you expect Argentina’s $2 billion disbursement?

    MS. KOZACK: So, on the first question, all I can say on this is that it’s not unusual for IMF Staff to informally brief the Executive Board on a broad range of issues. And on the timing of the disbursement, as I already indicated, we will provide more information on the timing for a formal Board meeting only once a Staff-Level Agreement has been reached. And that formal Board meeting would indicate the time when any disbursement would be made available to the Argentine authorities.

    QUESTIONER: First, let me say on behalf of my colleague from the U.S., around the world, as well as in Africa, to say thank you to Gita for everything that she has done. Our engagements with African journalists, especially. So that’s part of what I wanted to say, thank you to her. I know she’s leaving.
    And my question now goes to if you can provide updates on African nations. And I have two specific questions, one on Malawi and one on South Africa. The recent reports on Malawi said the country is facing macroeconomic challenges. I know in 2020 they received the completed HIPC program. Could you provide any updates on whether the country has reached out for any assistance regarding HIPC? Whether they qualify for another Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative (HIPC) program to help them? We know in the past year, they’ve experienced floods, droughts, and natural issues that have affected the economy. I was wondering if the IMF is providing any assistance to them.
    The other question is on South Africa. We see growing tension between South Africa and the U.S. So, can you talk about if there’s any economic implication? South Africa is the largest economic in. Africa is also seen as a gateway to the continent. What are the macroeconomic issues, implications for the South African Development Community region (SADC), and also for the continent as a whole?

    MS. KOZACK: With respect to Malawi, what I can say is we completed the Article IV Consultation with Malawi just yesterday, July 22nd, 2025, or two days ago. So that was the 2025 Article IV Consultation that has been completed. And of course, there will be a lot of rich discussion of the state of the Malawian economy in that report. With respect to your more specific question on HIPC, what I can say is that Malawi completed the HIPC process in 2006. And at that time, Malawi secured U.S. $3.1 billion of debt relief through the HIPC Initiative and the Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative or otherwise known as MDRI. Since 2006, our assessment is that public debt in Malawi has returned to unsustainable levels. Total public debt is reached 88 percent of GDP at the end of 2024. And the interest bill on public debt is estimated to approach about 7 percent of GDP, which is quite high.

    We continue to urge the authorities to take decisive steps to restore public debt sustainability. Completing an external debt Restructuring and addressing the high cost of domestic borrowing are both essential to do this. And of course, strengthening public debt management and securing concessional financing will also be critical. So again, Malawi already completed the HIPC process in 2006.

    And then, on South Africa. What I can say about South Africa, I can talk a bit about how we see the outlook for South Africa, the economic outlook. So right now, based on the April WEO, we see the current economic outlook for South Africa as subdued. We projected growth in April at 1 percent for this year and 1.3 percent for next year. Uncertainty, including related to global trade policies, is weighing on activity in South Africa. And that it’s causing firms and households to delay their investment decisions and also consumption decisions.

    And I would also refer you to the April REO, Regional Economic Outlook, for Africa, and that includes some estimates on the impact of uncertainty and financial conditions on the Sub-Saharan Africa region.
    And finally, we of course continue to assess developments in South Africa, and we’ll be providing an update in the July WEO.

    QUESTIONER: I just had two follow-up questions. One was on your comments about the Fed. As you know, the tension between the Trump administration and the Fed, particularly Chair Powell, has been increasing lately. The President is going to go tour the Fed building that’s being renovated. It is a subject of controversy. Given that the IMF has been a stalwart defender of Central Bank independence, should any of this lead to Chair Powell’s replacement or his resignation? Just wondering, what kind of signal that would send to financial markets, to other countries, what kind of precedent would that set? And secondly, regarding First Deputy Managing Director Gopinath’s departure, can you walk us through the process for choosing a replacement for her?
    Traditionally, this has been a position that the U.S. has had a very strong hand in choosing. It has typically been an American. Do you expect the U.S. Treasury Department, for example, to basically recommend a candidate to the Managing Director?

    MS. KOZACK: On your first question for quite some time, the IMF has consistently advocated for Central Bank independence. And we’ve said it’s critical to ensuring that Central Banks are able to achieve their mandated objectives, such as low and stable inflation. And as we have seen through the disinflation process that has been taking place over the last few years, the credibility of Central Banks around the world has been instrumental in anchoring inflation expectations and in bringing down inflation across, you know, across the world. And across many countries in the world. And it is also important that independence, of course, it must coexist with clear accountability to the public.
    And on the question about the process, on Gita Gopinath’s decision to return to Harvard, maybe just to step back to say that on July 21st, you know, the Managing Director announced that Gita Gopinath, our First Deputy Managing Director, would be leaving the Fund at the end of August to return to Harvard University. She will be the inaugural Gregory and Ania Coffey Professor of Economics in the Department of Economics.

    And for your background, Ms. Gopinath joined the Fund in January 2019 as the first female Chief Economist of the Fund. And she was promoted to First Deputy Managing Director in January of 2022. I can add that this was a personal decision for Ms. Gopinath. She will return to her roots in academia, where she will continue to push the research frontier in international finance and macroeconomics. And she will also be training the next generation of economists.
    With respect to the selection of process and how the process works, the Managing Director selects and appoints the First Managing Director and the three Deputy Managing Directors of the Fund. The appointment is subject to approval by the Fund’s Executive Board. And in making the selection, the Managing Director consults with the Executive Board regarding the type of qualifications that, in the view of the Executive Board, a First Deputy Managing Director or a Deputy Managing Director should possess.

    QUESTIONER: My first question is regarding Sri Lanka. When can we expect the next review for the IMF-supported program? And secondly, given the uncertainties and risks that are currently opposing the economy for Sri Lanka, is there any decision or any exploration by the IMF to revisit some of the targets that have been implemented in the program that was given to Sri Lanka?

    QUESTIONER: I would like to know that now Sri Lanka has already finished four reviews, and now we are heading for the fifth one. What is the overall view of the IMF? That Sri Lanka’s performance, how we perform during these four reviews? And what are the expectations for the next review in brief? Thank you very much.

    MS. KOZACK: I have a question here that came in through the Press center on Sri Lanka. The question is what is the status of the IMF review of Sri Lanka’s program, an assessment of the macroeconomic outlook as well as the status of the review of the current mission that is visiting Sri Lanka. So, let me go ahead and take these. So, stepping back, on July 1st, the IMF’s Executive Board completed the Fourth Review under the EFF arrangement with Sri Lanka. This provided the country with U.S. $350 million to support its economic policies and reforms, and it brought total IMF financial support to U.S. $1.74 billion.

    What I can add is that Sri Lanka’s ambitious reform agenda continues to deliver commendable outcomes. Inflation remains low, revenue collection is improving and reserves, international reserves, continue to accumulate for the country. The post-crisis growth rebound to 5 percent in 2024 is quite remarkable. The revenue-to-GDP ratio improved from 8.2 percent in 2022 to 13.5 percent in 2024. The debt restructuring is nearly complete. And program performance has been generally strong overall, and the government remains committed to program objectives.

    What I can also add is that although the economic outlook remains positive for Sri Lanka, global trade policy and uncertainties do pose risks. And so, as the team moves forward to the Fifth Review, which we expect will be held in the fall, they will, of course, be looking at the overall and making an overall assessment of Sri Lanka’s economy. You know, including any implications from trade tensions or uncertainty. And of course, that will be — they will take that into account in discussions with the authorities on policies, and all of the program matters as part of the Fifth Review.

    QUESTIONER: Hi Julie. Thank you for taking my question. I have two questions, one on Syria and one on Egypt. So today there was the Saudi Syrian Investment Forum in Damascus, and it was said that in addition to the Saudi investments in support that there will be some global support on this. And the IFC was mentioned as well. So, what’s the IMF’s call on this, given that we have one of the G20 countries pledging this huge amount of investments in support? And how will the IMF contribute in this? That’s on Syria.

    And on Egypt, a few weeks ago in our press briefing here, it was mentioned that the two reviews, the Fifth and the Sixth, will be done together in the fall. Can we say that this is going to be in fall after the Annual Meeting, after the WEO report is published for the — for the region and for the global? And what, what is the main factor that we’re looking at here that would ultimately change the way it’s viewed, how Egypt’s economy is viewed in light of all the recent developments?

    MS. KOZACK: On Syria, what I can say is, and as we discussed here before, an IMF staff team did visit Syria from June 1st through 5th, and that was the first visit since 2009. The team was there to assess economic and financial conditions in Syria and to discuss with the authorities their economic policy and capacity building priorities, ultimately to support the recovery of the Syrian economy. With your specific question, what I can say there is that we have mentioned that Syria will need substantial international assistance to support the authorities’ efforts to rehabilitate the economy, meet urgent humanitarian needs, and rebuild essential institutions and infrastructure. And this not only includes concessional financial support, but it also extends to capacity development. And here, the IMF is committed to supporting Syria in its recovery efforts. The IMF Staff is working in coordination with other partners to develop a detailed roadmap for policy and capacity building priorities for some of the key economic institutions. So that’s kind of within our mandate, and that includes the Finance Ministry, the Central Bank, and the Statistics Agency.

    With respect to Egypt, what I can say on Egypt is that the IMF Staff conducted a mission to Cairo in May 2025. The mission noted continued progress under Egypt’s macroeconomic reform program, including improvements in inflation and foreign exchange reserves. However, additional time was needed to finalize key policy measures, particularly those related to reducing the state’s footprint in the economy by advancing the implementation of the state ownership policy and leveling the playing field for businesses. To allow for this continued work, the Fifth and Sixth Reviews under the EFF will be combined, and they are expected to be completed in the fall. Our team remains committed to supporting Egypt in advancing reforms to strengthen resilience and foster inclusive and private sector led growth.

    MS. KOZACK: Coming back to the Press Center, I have a question that has come in on Ghana. It says Ghana’s Finance Minister is presenting the mid-year budget today, following a first half marked by notable improvements in key economic indicators. However, concerns are rising about potential new fiscal slippages, and that could undermine gains in inflation control, currency stability, and overall recovery. Does the IMF share these concerns? And second question, what is your view on the role of monetary policy at this point, especially as the Bank of Ghana prepares to review its policy stance?

    Again, stepping back, on July 7th, the IMF’s Executive Board completed the Fourth Review of Ghana’s ECF arrangement. And after Board approval, Ghana received about U.S. $367 million, bringing total support to around U.S. $2.3 billion since May 2023.
    With respect to the budget here, I can say that the IMF has welcomed the government’s corrective actions, including a strong 2025 budget and an audit of payables to quantify and address the pre-election fiscal slippages. The authorities have recently implemented changes to their public financial management and public procurement acts, and this helps improve the overall fiscal responsibility framework in Ghana. And the authorities have also adopted a strategy to address issues in the energy sector. I can add that the mid-year budget review is fully in line with the parameters and objectives of the IMF-supported program.

    And with respect to the question on monetary policy, what I can say is that Ghana has made good progress since the beginning of the program in reducing inflation. Inflation was extremely high at the end of 2022 at 54 percent. It has now come down substantially to 14 percent at end June 2025. Going forward, it will be important for monetary policy to remain sufficiently tight, consistent with bringing inflation down to the Bank of Ghana’s target range, which is 8 percent plus or minus 2 percentage points.

    QUESTIONER: I’m going to ask about digital assets. One very specifically. There’s this controversy with El Salvador that is going around and around, but the government says they’re still buying Bitcoin, and it seems that the IMF is saying they are just moving things around between wallets. And I wanted you to address that. Also, with the passage here in the U.S. of the GENIUS Act, I guess, what does the IMF, what do they think the impacts of this sort of increasing legitimization of digital assets in the U.S. is going to be in terms of other economies, in terms of the ability to implement monetary policy? I just wonder if you have any comment on that. Thank you very much for taking the question.

    QUESTIONER: I have a question, specifically on El Salvador. How does the IMF assess the country’s continued Bitcoin accumulation in the context of the fiscal and transparency standards embedded in the Extended Fund Facility, the $1.4 billion program that was agreed last December? To what extent could this strategy complicate monitoring or risk management of this program?

    MS. KOZACK: So, on El Salvador, I’ll start with El Salvador and then Matthew, I’ll get to your question on the GENIUS Act. So again, stepping back. So, on June 27th, the IMF Executive Board completed El Salvador’s annual Article IV Consultation and concluded the First Review of the EFF that enabled El Salvador to have access to U.S. $118 million. And so far, $231 million has been disbursed under the EFF program that was approved in February.
    Program performance has been solid in El Salvador. The economy has continued to expand as macroeconomic imbalances are being addressed. The key fiscal and reserve targets were met at the time of the review with margins. And substantial progress continues with the ambitious reform agenda in the areas of governance, transparency, and financial resilience.
    And risks from Bitcoin continue to be mitigated. Regarding the questions on Bitcoin, I don’t have much new to say other than as we have stated in the past, the total amount of Bitcoin held across government-owned wallets remains unchanged, and that is consistent with El Salvador’s program commitments. The accumulation of Bitcoin by the Strategic Bitcoin Reserve Fund is consistent with program conditionality. And the increases in the Bitcoin Reserve Fund relate to movements across various government-owned wallets.
    And on your second question on the GENIUS Act, let me get to this one. Let me just step back for a moment, and then I’ll kind of come directly to the GENIUS Act.

    So, first, the GENIUS Act covers stablecoins, and stablecoins are a key type of privately issued crypto asset that aims to maintain a stable value. They do bring potential benefits, including cheaper and faster cross-border payments, increased financial inclusion, and greater portfolio diversification. So those are some of the potential benefits. There are operational risks, of course, associated with stablecoins if they are not properly regulated under an appropriate policy framework.

    Now, turning to the GENIUS Act. The GENIUS Act provides a comprehensive foundation for financial innovation and deepening. And that is balanced with consideration of consumer protection and market integrity goals and a clear identification of the institutional framework for oversight.
    Now, with respect to the kind of implications of the GENIUS Act, we, of course, are continuing to very actively monitor developments of stablecoins. We are assessing the potential implications of the GENIUS Act. And for us at the IMF, what is going to be especially important are going to be the implications for the international monetary system and the potential for spillovers to other jurisdictions. So that’s work that is ongoing, and our teams are making those assessments at this time.

    QUESTIONER: Any update on UAE economy outlook for GCC region and oil economy in general?

    MS. KOZACK: What I can share on UAE and the GCC in general, and I’ll be — and, of course, next week as part of the WEO update, we will, of course, be providing an update for the GCC region.
    So, starting with the UAE. Near-term growth in the UAE has been strong, and it is expected to remain healthy at over 4 percent in 2025. That was the assessment at the time of the April WEO. What we are seeing is robust growth in the non-hydrocarbon activity, and it is boosted by tourism, construction, public expenditure, and financial services. So those are the drivers of growth. Oil production is also increasing faster than expected, given the reversal of oil production cuts. And the UAE economy has demonstrated resilience to lower oil prices and increased oil price volatility this year.

    Now, turning to the GCC, what I can say for the GCC is that despite oil production cuts, GCC growth is estimated to have rebounded to 1.4 percent in 2024. And our projection at the time of the April WEO was that it will increase further to 3.3 percent in 2025. Non-hydrocarbon output growth is expected to remain strong, supported by rapid investment, construction, and accelerated reforms to diversify the GCC economies.
    Inflation remains low in the GCC, and our policy advice is for fiscal policy to remain prudent while strengthening fiscal reform implementation. And of course, we encourage policymakers in the region to continue reforms to support economic diversification. And as I noted, we will be providing an update of this assessment as part of the WEO update.
    And with that, I’m going to bring this Press Briefing to a close. Thank you all for your participation today.

    As a reminder, this briefing is embargoed until 11:00 A.M. Eastern Time in the United States. A transcript will be made available later on our website, IMF.org. Should you have any clarifications or additional queries, please do reach out to my colleagues via media@imf.org.

    This concludes our Press Briefing. I wish everyone a wonderful day, and I look forward to seeing you all next time.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Meera Louis

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI USA: Kennedy debunks Big Beautiful Bill myths: ‘Unless your soup of the day is gin, you know that is a lie’

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator John Kennedy (Louisiana)

    Watch Kennedy’s comments here. 

    WASHINGTON – Sen. John Kennedy (R-La.) delivered the following remarks on the U.S. Senate floor:

    “Let me start with the reconciliation bill, which President Trump and others called the One Big Beautiful Bill.

    “I continue to go through the bill, and every time I do, I’m impressed. This is a breathtaking bill in the sense that it covers so many subjects. I think each of us could spend hours talking about this bill. I’ll just hit the highlights. This is one of the most far-reaching pieces of legislation that this body will ever pass.

    “We extended the 2017 tax cuts—no small feat in itself. Had we not done that, the American people would have suffered under a $4.3 trillion tax increase. So, we stopped that tax increase. And some of my friends and colleagues talk about, ‘Well, all you did was stop a tax increase on the billionaires.’ That is nonsense. That is nonsense on a stick.

    “Unless your soup of the day is gin, you know that is a lie.

    “Half of that tax increase would have hit working men and working women and working families in this country. The other half would have hit our small businesses. And, yes, some of our large businesses. We stopped that. We made some of those tax cuts permanent.

    “We cut taxes on tips. In this bill, we cut taxes on overtime. We cut taxes on Social Security. We cut taxes on car loans. We expanded a tax credit for childcare to help moms and dads pay for the childcare so they can work. We increased the child tax credit. We increased the standard deduction—and that’s going to take effect immediately. 

    “We funded school choice. For years and years and years, I have tried—we all have tried, many of us have tried—to provide the American people, moms and dads, with school choice. This bill did it.

    “I went to a public school. I’m proud of that, but competition makes all of us better. I can go to my overpriced Capitol Hill apartment or Capitol Hill grocery store and choose from six or seven types of mayonnaise. Why shouldn’t we give parents, moms and dads, choices for their education? We’re doing that with the school choice portion of this bill. 

    “We increase money for the border, and we increased money for defense.

    “Now, we also addressed the problem in Medicaid. And I’ve been very disappointed because some commentators have said that we’re going to throw off from the Medicaid rolls, I read, anywhere from 10 to 12 million people. And the implication in some of these articles and some of these comments is that we’re just going to look at the Medicaid rolls and go through and say, ‘You’re gone. We can’t afford you.’ And that’s not what this bill does. 

    “The first thing you have to realize is that actually Medicaid is not going to be cut at all under this bill. Under our bill that we just passed, our spending on Medicaid over the next 10 years is going to go up 20%. So, nobody is cutting Medicaid.

    “There are some people, as a result of the new provisions that we have put into law, who will no longer be eligible for Medicaid and will no longer get Medicaid, but they weren’t entitled to get it in the first place. So, when you say, ‘Well, you’re throwing people off from Medicaid.’ They weren’t entitled to it in the first place. 

    “You’re not entitled to Medicaid if you’re making $200,000 a year, and you didn’t tell the truth when you signed up for the Medicaid in your state, and your state didn’t verify your statements.

    “But let me give you one example. CMS just put out a report. . . . 2.8 million of those Americans who will lose Medicaid are double dippers. They signed up twice. We have 1.2 million people on the Medicaid rolls who are signed up in two states. And the American taxpayer is paying twice. . . . Most states use Managed Care, and they pay per Medicaid patient. So, if a state is paying—let’s say, I’ll pick a number—$18,000 per Medicaid patient per year to the health care organization to provide their care, and that person is signed up in two states, they’re double dipping, and it’s costing the American taxpayer two $8,000 payments a year. That’s cheating.

    “So, from one perspective, ‘You’re throwing these people off Medicaid.’ They weren’t entitled to double-dip in the first place. CMS also came out with a report—by CMS, I mean the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, which is the federal agency that administers Medicare and Medicaid.

    “CMS has also found that there are 1.6 million people who are on Medicaid today who are receiving both Medicaid and Obamacare.

    “Well, what’s Obamacare? I’ll refresh everyone’s memory. Medicaid is supposed to be for the poor and disabled. And Medicare is for the elderly. And a lot of other Americans have health insurance through their job. But there are certain numbers of Americans who don’t have health insurance because they’re not old enough for Medicare, and they’re not poor enough for Medicaid, and maybe their employer doesn’t offer health insurance. So, they can go to an exchange—we call them the Obamacare exchange—and buy health insurance. 

    “Now, President Obama and some of my colleagues—I wasn’t here then—but when we passed Obamacare, the Obamacare exchanges, the Affordable Care Act, we were told health insurance would be cheaper. And we were told it would be more accessible. It’s been neither. We were also told, ‘If you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor.’ That wasn’t true either. But the point is that we have a number of Americans who—if they don’t qualify for Medicare, they don’t qualify for Medicaid, they don’t get insurance through their employer—they go to the Obamacare exchanges. 

    “But CMS found we’ve got 1.6 million people who are getting both health insurance through the Obamacare exchanges, which we subsidized, taxpayers do, and through Medicaid. That’s called double dipping. It’s illegal. And CBO [Congressional Budget Office] can put out all the reports that they want to, saying, ‘Oh, you’re throwing all of these people off Medicaid.’ Technically, they’re right, but they’re not eligible to be on Medicaid.

    “I just gave you an example: 2.8 million people who are double-dipping. It’s illegal to double-dip. It’s immoral to double-dip. It’s unfair to taxpayers to double-dip. All our bill does is say, ‘You can’t double-dip.’ Cheating is wrong.

    “Is that throwing people off Medicaid? Technically, yes, but once again, as the other provisions in this bill also do, we’re taking people off Medicaid who weren’t eligible for it in the first place. As a result of these 2.8 million people, I think CMS—I’m looking for their figure—I think it costs the American taxpayers, because of these 2.8 million folks who are double dipping, $14 billion a year over a ten-year window, which is the horizon we used. That’s $140 billion that we’re going to save, and that savings is going to go back into Medicaid to make it even stronger.

    “That’s just one example of how much of the reporting on our bill is misleading.”

     Watch Kennedy’s speech here.  

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: New Permanent Representative of Iraq Presents Credentials

    Source: United Nations General Assembly and Security Council

    The new Permanent Representative of Iraq to the United Nations, Lukman Al-Faily, presented his credentials to UN Secretary-General António Guterres today.

    (As provided by the Protocol and Liaison Service)

    I. General Information:

    Name:  Lukman Al-Faily

    Date of birth: 06.02.1966

    Place of birth: Baghdad, Iraq

    Nationality: Iraqi

    Social Status:    Married to Mrs Lameis AL-AMEERI
    with five children

    Email: LFaily@iraqmission-un.com

    Link: Twitter:  @FailyLukman

    II. Academic Certificates:

    –     Master Business Administration, MBA, Technology Management (2006)

    –     Postgraduate Diploma Computing for Commerce and Industry (2007)

    –     Bachelor Computing Science and Mathematics (1988)

    –     Member of the Institute of Project Management (PMP)

    III. Administrative Posts:

    08/2021 – 07/2025 Ambassador of the Republic of Iraq to the Federal Republic of Germany

    09/2020 – 08/2021 Chief of Staff, Bureau Minister of Foreign Affairs, MFA, Baghdad, Iraq

    09/2019 – 08/2021 Head of America Department, MFA, Baghdad, Iraq

    09/2019 – 11/2020 Head of the Legal Department, MFA, Baghdad, Iraq 

    11/2018 – 09/2019 Official Spokesman of the President of the Republic of Iraq

    07/2016 – 10/2018 Communication, Business and Strategic Planning, Consultant in UK and Iraq

    06/2013 – 06/2016 Ambassador of the Republic of Iraq to the USA, Washington DC

    06/2010 – 05/2013 Ambassador of the Republic of Iraq to Japan, Tokyo

    06/2006 – 06/2009 Program Manager for Information Technology EDS Ltd. (recently HP) UK

    IV. Language Skills:

    Kurdish –  Mother Tongue

    Arabic – Fluent

    English – Fluent

    V.  Publications:

    2016  L. Faily  Paper:  Social Harmony: An Iraqi Perspective 

    2019  L. Faily Book:   Building Iraq: – Reality, External Relation and the Dream of Democracy

    2021  L. Faily Book:   Between Two Generations, a novel

    2022  L. Faily  Book:   Weimar Republic and its lessons for Iraq 2023  L. Faily Paper:  Strategic insight, A necessary skill for future transformation

    2024  L. Faily Book:   The Iraqi Character: Between Cafés, Palaces, and Minarets

    2025  L. Faily  Paper:  Developing Iraqi Think Tanks

    Ambassador Faily has also published in Arabic and English many papers, articles in many Western and Iraqi media outlets and newspapers.

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Bacon, Gottheimer, ADL Announce Legislation to Combat Terrorists & Disinformation on Social Media

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Don Bacon (2nd District of Nebraska)

    Bacon, Gottheimer, ADL Announce Legislation to Combat Terrorists & Disinformation on Social Media

    Social Media Apps are Breeding Ground for Terrorist Organizations and Sympathizers; Follows Grok AI’s Antisemitic and Violent Posts

    Washington – Reps. Don Bacon (NE-2) and Josh Gottheimer (NJ-5), and Anti-Defamation League (ADL) CEO and National Director Jonathan Greenblatt held a press conference to announce bipartisan legislation — the Stopping Terrorists Online Presence and Holding Accountable Tech Entities (STOP HATE) Act — to combat terrorists and disinformation on social media.

    Video of the press conference can be found here.

    “Everybody in our country is entitled to respect and not to be the object of hate and scorn. We want to be in a country that makes clear that antisemitism or any kind of racism is repugnant, unacceptable, not allowed in an online space, and that we have zero tolerance for it,” said Rep. Bacon. “We need to work with our social media companies to clean this up because what is going on is wrong. We need to hold these companies accountable and work with them to take it off the airwaves.”

    “We’ve seen an explosion of disinformation and antisemitic hate online in America and around the world — especially since the horrific October 7 terrorist attacks…After the shooting outside the Capital Jewish Museum, anti-Zionist extremists used social media to call for further violence, posting messages like ‘may all Zionists burn.’ Even AI platforms like Grok have posted deeply disturbing content, praising Adolf Hitler and Nazism,” said Rep. Gottheimer. “There is a massive disinformation campaign influencing us every day. Our legislation will be a new tool in our online arsenal to protect our nation against terrorists and foreign adversaries that continue to threaten us in new ways.”

    “The world’s oldest hate is crossing borders and going viral. One of the main drivers supercharging the global rise in antisemitism is the unregulated proliferation of extremists online who are looking to seed divisions among us and drive hate,” said Jonathan Greenblatt, ADL CEO and National Director“Today’s extremists exploit social media to recruit, radicalize, and incite violence – often in violation of these platforms’ own terms of service. As antisemitism and hate surge to record levels, the STOP HATE Act is a vital bipartisan bill that will hold tech platforms accountable for hosting terrorist and extremist content. This bill will provide essential oversight and ensure companies enforce their own policies. I am grateful for Congressmen Gottheimer and Bacon for their leadership and partnership on this issue, and urge Congress to pass the STOP HATE Act without delay.”

    Since the brutal October 7 terrorist attacks on Israel, social media organizations have failed to stop the spread of disinformation and antisemitic hate online. State sponsors of terror and their proxies — especially Iran, Hamas, and its affiliates — consistently use social media platforms to spread propaganda and disinformation. Additionally, foreign-owned platforms — including CCP-connected TikTok — have vague content moderation policies that easily expose young Americans to propaganda from our adversaries.

    Bacon and Gottheimer are announcing the bipartisan STOP HATE Act to help stop terrorism and disinformation on social media and online. This legislation is supported by ADL.

    The bipartisan STOP HATE Act will:

    • Require social media companies to release detailed reports of violations to their terms of service and how they are addressing content generated by Foreign Terrorist Organizations (FTOs) or Specially Designated Global Terrorists (SDGTs).
    • Require social media companies to explain the standard by which they would judge whether content generated or proliferated by terrorists would be deemed in a violation of the company’s terms of service.
      • Every day social media companies do not comply, it will result in a $5 million fine.
    • Require the Director of National Intelligence (DNI) to report on the use of social media by terrorist organizations.

    Social media platforms are breeding grounds for antisemitic hate and disinformation:

    • The ADL’s 2024 Social Media Scorecard found that the five major social media platforms — Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, and X — routinely failed to act on antisemitic hate reported to them.
    • Earlier this month, Grok — the AI chatbot developed by xAI — posted deeply alarming messages on the social media platform X, including support for Adolf Hitler, Nazism, extreme violence, and sexual assault.
    • After the shooting outside the Capital Jewish Museum, anti-Zionist extremist groups flocked to social media to call for further violence. 
      • On Instagram, extremist groups posted news of the attack with the caption: “May all Zionists burn.” 
      • One group leader posted the text, “Death to Nazis,” on top of photos of the victims.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Foreign Minister Lin and Paraguayan President Peña hold meeting, reaffirming rock-solid diplomatic ties

    Source: Republic of China Taiwan

    July 15, 2025  No. 245
    Minister of Foreign Affairs Lin Chia-lung met with President Santiago Peña on July 14 while leading a delegation to the Republic of Paraguay. During their meeting, Minister Lin delivered greetings and best wishes from President Lai Ching-te and conveyed sincere friendship to the government and people of Paraguay on behalf of the government and people of Taiwan.
     
    Welcoming Minister Lin’s delegation, President Peña communicated his highest regards to President Lai and reaffirmed the rock-solid diplomatic relations between Taiwan and Paraguay. Acknowledging the fraternal bond between the two countries, the president said that many years of cooperation had yielded diverse and fruitful results in a host of areas. He said that looking ahead, Paraguay would remain undaunted by foreign pressure and threats and continue to work hand in hand with Taiwan so as to move forward together.
     
    In his remarks, Minister Lin thanked President Peña for mentioning Taiwan first among Paraguay’s diplomatic allies during his inauguration speech in August 2023, which he said reflected the significance of Taiwan-Paraguay ties. He said that his visit to Paraguay was being undertaken to celebrate the 68th anniversary of diplomatic relations between the two nations and to lead a delegation of representatives from the semiconductor, ICT, technology, construction, smart agriculture, high-performance textile, green energy, furniture, and food processing industries—sectors with high potential for collaboration with their Paraguayan counterparts. He noted that a number of representatives had already decided to invest in factories in the Taiwan-Paraguay Smart Technology Park so as to develop business opportunities and create win-win outcomes. 
     
    Minister Lin also pointed out that Taiwan’s active promotion of the Diplomatic Allies Prosperity Project in Paraguay included such flagship initiatives as the Taiwan-Paraguay Polytechnic University, the Taiwan-Paraguay Smart Technology Park, an electric bus pilot program, and the development of a health information system (HIS) through the Health Information Management Efficiency Enhancement Project, as well as the planning and implementation of sovereign AI, 5G clean network, and HIS 2.0 programs. He said that these initiatives aimed to help Paraguay develop the technology sector and implement digital transformation, and exemplified the results of bilateral cooperation guided by the mindset that “Taiwan can help, Paraguay can lead.”
     
    President Peña and Minister Lin also attended the Paraguay-Taiwan Investment Opportunities Forum together. Speaking at the event, President Peña underlined the long-standing and solid diplomatic relations between Taiwan and Paraguay. He stated that Paraguay’s firm support for Taiwan over the past 68 years had been based on such shared values as freedom, democracy, and people’s right to self-determination, adding that this would not change for any economic interests or pressure. He said that helping Taiwan maintain its international presence was an important extension of Paraguay’s own legacy and sense of national dignity.
     
    President Peña went on to say that Paraguay’s economy was advancing steadily and that his country boasted an exceptional investment environment. He said he hoped that Taiwanese businesses would gain an in-depth understanding of Paraguay’s development potential and seize investment opportunities.
     
    Taiwan and Paraguay enjoy cordial and strong diplomatic relations. The two countries will continue to deepen their collaboration in education, technology, energy, agriculture, public health, infrastructure, and other fields so as to jointly expand progress and mutual prosperity. (E)

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI: Hold Me Ltd. Signs Binding LOI to Acquire Synthetic Darwin LLC, Creator of Darwinslab Ecosystem – Self-Evolving AI Agents Platform — Eyes Strategic Web3 Expansion

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Tel Aviv, Israel, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hold Me Ltd. (OTCID: HMELF), an Israeli tech company, today announced the signing of a binding Letter of Intent (LOI) to acquire Synthetic Darwin LLC, a U.S.-based AI research and development studio pioneering the next generation of self-evolving, autonomous AI agents – the DrwinsLab.

    Once fully operational, DarwinsLab’s platform would aim to enable AI agents to independently design, test, and refine themselves through recursive self-improvement and genetic algorithms modeled on natural selection, according to Gabriel Fridman of Synthetic Darwin. These agents operate in complex, open-ended simulation environments where they iteratively optimize architectures, objectives, and performance – with no human-in-the-loop. The system represents a powerful step toward fully autonomous, generalizable AI with wide applicability in R&D, algorithmic trading, decentralized coordination, robotics, and AI governance.

    Under the LOI, Hold Me will acquire 100% of Synthetic Darwin in a share-based transaction, subject to definitive agreements and customary regulatory approvals. As part of the transaction strategy, Hold Me will raise growth capital, positioning the combined company at the intersection of AI, blockchain, and capital markets innovation – effectively making it the first publicly traded company operating an ecosystem powered by a Solana-based utility token.

    “Synthetic Darwin will not just build models – they’re aiming to build meta-models: agents that architect and evolve better agents,” said CEO of Hold Me Ltd. “This is an inflection point in AI, and through this acquisition with a public company, we aim to bring this capability to scale – across sectors ranging from decentralized finance to defense autonomy.”

    The post-transaction vision includes deploying evolved AI agents in industrial and defense applications, financial services, healthcare , and on-chain governance environments, as well as integrating blockchain-based compute and reward layers for AI training economies.

    Menny Shalom, CEO of Hold Me, expects that this acquisition, would not only increase global visibility to the company but also provide access to institutional investors, enabling significant investment into compute, reinforcement environments, and cross-chain integrations.

    About Hold Me Ltd.

    Hold Me Ltd. (OTC: HMELF) is an Israeli-listed technology venture company focused on the convergence of artificial intelligence, decentralized systems, and digital infrastructure.

    About Synthetic Darwin LLC

    Synthetic Darwin LLC is a U.S.-based artificial intelligence company developing self-evolving AI systems through recursive improvement and genetic algorithms. Its autonomous agents are designed to autonomously explore, learn, and improve — unlocking new frontiers in self-directed machine intelligence.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements are based on Hold Me’s current expectations, estimates and projections about the expected date of closing of the proposed transaction and the potential benefits thereof, its business and industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by the parties, all of which are subject to change. In this context, forward-looking statements often address expected future business and financial performance and financial condition, and often contain words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “could,” “seek,” “see,” “will,” “may,” “would,” “might,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “expect,” “target,” similar expressions or the negatives of these words or other comparable terminology that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes. All forward-looking statements by their nature address matters that involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, and are not guarantees of future results, such as statements about the consummation of the proposed transaction and the anticipated benefits thereof. These and other forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future results and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in such statements and, therefore, you should not place undue reliance on any such statements and caution must be exercised in relying on forward-looking statements. Important risk factors that may cause such a difference include but are not limited to: the completion of the proposed transaction on anticipated terms and timing; the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the agreement; and the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction. While the list of factors presented here is, will be, considered representative, no such list should be considered to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Unlisted factors may present significant additional obstacles to the realization of forward-looking statements. Hold Me does not assume any obligation to publicly provide revisions or updates to any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, should circumstances change, except as otherwise required by securities and other applicable laws.

    Contact:
    info@holdme.co.il

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Russia: China has extended invitations to the 2025 World Conference on AI to senior officials from over 40 countries and international organizations — Chinese Foreign Ministry

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

    An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    BEIJING, July 24 (Xinhua) — China has extended invitations to the World Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AI) and the 2025 Conference on Global AI Governance to senior officials from more than 40 countries and international organizations, Foreign Ministry spokesperson Guo Jiakun said Thursday.

    Chinese State Council Premier Li Qiang will attend and deliver a speech at the opening ceremony of the conference on July 26 in Shanghai, east China, a Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman said the same day.

    At a regular press briefing, Guo Jiakun stressed that artificial intelligence is rapidly developing and has become an important driving force for a new round of scientific and technological revolution and industrial transformation. He added that holding the World AI Conference and the Global AI Governance Conference is an important step in implementing China’s Global AI Governance Initiative. The goal is to make the conference a technological benchmark, an application exhibition, a catalyst for industrial development, and a platform for discussions on AI governance.

    The theme of this year’s conference is “Global Solidarity in the Age of AI”.

    “We hope that participants will have in-depth discussions on three key topics: deepening innovation cooperation and unleashing intellectual dividends; promoting inclusive development and bridging the digital divide; strengthening joint governance and ensuring that AI development serves the interests of the people,” Guo Jiakun said.

    China hopes to strengthen unity, jointly strive for development and coordinated actions to ensure the healthy and orderly development of AI in the direction of benefit, safety and fairness, the Foreign Ministry spokesman added. –0–

    Please note: This information is raw content obtained directly from the source of the information. It is an accurate report of what the source claims and does not necessarily reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    .

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Defense News in Brief: US-Philippine Airmen strengthen ties during Cope Thunder 25-2

    Source: United States Airforce

    PACAF participated in Cope Thunder 25-2, a unique platform that integrates U.S. and Philippine Air Forces and enhances interoperability through bilateral fighter training, subject matter expert exchanges and key leadership

    engagements.

    U.S. Pacific Air Forces and Philippine Air Force members participated in Cope Thunder 25-2, a bilateral training conducted across multiple locations in the Philippines. The exercise aimed to strengthen partnerships and support the Philippine Air Force’s modernization efforts, promoting regional and global stability.

    Established in the Philippines in 1976, Cope Thunder provides a unique platform to integrate U.S. and Philippine Air Forces and enhance interoperability through bilateral fighter training, subject matter expert exchanges and key leadership engagements. Cope Thunder 25-2 also marked the first time a U.S. Air Force F-35A Lightning II squadron has deployed to the Philippines.

    “It’s obvious that this isn’t a relationship that’s simply on paper,” said Lt. Col. Bryan Mussler, 421st Mission Generation Force Element commander. “We’ve been integrating with them for a long time, and their mentality and approach to operations is very similar to ours.”

    Subject matter expert exchanges during the exercise enabled U.S. and Philippine Airmen in similar career fields to share best practices and effective techniques aimed at improving day-to-day operations for both forces. These exchanges included maintenance, firefighting, airfield operations, electromagnetic warfare and basic fighter maneuvers, with U.S. and Philippine pilots flying side by side.

    U.S. Air Force maintainers, assigned to the 421st Mission Generation Force Element, depart the flightline after conducting preflight operations on an F-35A Lightning II during Cope Thunder 25-2 at Clark Air Base, Philippines, July 7, 2025. The exercise enhances interoperability between the U.S. Air Force and the Philippine Air Force and supported the Armed Forces of the Philippines’ modernization efforts. (U.S. Air Force photo by Airman 1st Class Aden Brown)
    U.S. Air Force Staff Sgt. Arnaldo Puente Mendez, 421st Mission Generation Force Element aerospace ground equipment maintainer, briefs Philippine Air Force airmen on a self-generating nitrogen servicing cart during Cope Thunder 25-2 at Clark Air Base, Philippines, July 9, 2025. During the subject matter expert exchange, U.S. Airmen provided valuable insight into equipment used for aircraft maintenance, supporting Armed Forces of the Philippines’ modernization efforts. (U.S. Air Force photo by Airman 1st Class Aden Brown)
    U.S. Air Force Capt. Tyler Rico, second to the left, and Capt. Toney Fisher, right, 421st Mission Generation Force Element F-35A pilots, coordinate flight plans with Philippine Air Force pilots during the Cope Thunder 25-2 exercise at Clark Air Base, Philippines, July 7, 2025. The training conducted between the U.S. and Philippine Air Force strengthens both the ability to respond together for potential future crises, contingencies and natural disasters. (U.S. Air Force photo by Airman 1st Class Aden Brown) (Image blurred for operational security)

    “We worked closely with the PAF pilots, and it was clear they are professional and highly capable aviators that employ their weapon systems with skill and precision,” said Capt. Tobey Fisher, 421st Mission Generation Force Element F-35A instructor pilot. “Additionally, this exercise afforded the 421st MGFE the opportunity to operate at a remote airfield with minimal support.”

    The F-35A maintenance team supported Cope Thunder 25-2 with a lean, agile team, operating with roughly one-third of the personnel they typically have at their home station.

    “It’s really cool to see such a small team come here and execute the mission,” said Maj. Clinton Bialcak, 421st Fighter Generation Squadron commander, referring to executing the F-35 maintenance mission. “I think everyone in the region, in the world and in the Department of Defense sees that we can do it and they can rely on us.”

    The U.S. Air Force’s participation reflects ongoing efforts to strengthen coordination with regional allies and partners.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Security: Defense News in Brief: Air Force stands up A6 for warfighter communications, cyber systems

    Source: United States Airforce

    The Department of the Air Force has created a new AF/A6 Deputy Chief of Staff office dedicated to warfighter communications and cyber systems.

     This structure is designed to address operational communications and cyber needs effectively throughout the force.

    The creation of the AF/A6 office separates the responsibilities for communications and cyber systems from the previous A2/6 framework, marking one of the most significant reorganizations of the Air Staff in over 30 years.

    According to Air Force leaders, the change is designed to improve readiness, resilience and operational effectiveness by aligning resources and risk management with mission requirements.

    “We created the A6 to ensure communications and cyber systems are available, secure and aligned with warfighter priorities,” said Air Force Chief of Staff Gen. David W. Allvin. “This office will help us focus resources and oversight where it matters most — supporting the mission in contested environments.”

    Members of the new Deputy of the Chief of Staff Warfighter, Communications and Cyber Systems remove their old patches and replace them with new ones at the Pentagon, Arlington, Virginia, July 23, 2025. The creation of the AF/A6 office separates the responsibilities for communications and cyber systems from the previous A2/6 framework, marking one of the most significant reorganizations of the Air Staff in over 30 years. (U.S. Air Force photo by Staff Sgt. Stuart Bright)
    The new Deputy of the Air Force Warfighter, Communications and Cyber Systems patch is displayed at the Pentagon, Arlington, Va., July 23, 2025. The new Air Force A6 logo was designed by Master Sgt. Michael Williams, 85th Engineering Installation Squadron. The creation of the AF/A6 office separates the responsibilities for communications and cyber systems from the previous A2/6 framework, marking one of the most significant reorganizations of the Air Staff in over 30 years. (U.S. Air Force photo by Staff Sgt. Stuart Bright)

    Lt. Gen. Leah Lauderback, former Deputy Chief of Staff for Intelligence, Surveillance, Reconnaissance and Cyber Effects Operations, said the A6 will serve as a critical link between operational feedback and strategic planning.

    “Standing up the A6 allows us to manage risk, prioritize limited resources and advocate for warfighter needs using data from across the enterprise,” Lauderback said. “It’s a necessary step to treat communications and cyber as the operational enablers they are.”

    Maj. Gen. Michelle Edmondson has been appointed to serve as the first standalone Deputy Chief of Staff for AF/A6. Her experience in operations, training and strategic planning is expected to help the office’s focus on delivering integrated, resilient communications capabilities across domains.

    “Our mission is to ensure warfighters have the reliable, secure communications they need to succeed in a complex and contested environment,” Edmondson said. “We’re building an enterprise that connects people, systems and decisions at the speed required by today’s operational demands.”

    The office will coordinate with various stakeholders, including the department’s chief information officer, the principal cyber advisor, major command A6 offices, acquisition program offices and other operational and functional communities.

    Officials emphasized the AF/A6 will be organized around a warfighter-centric model, designed to support current capabilities while informing future investment decisions and force design initiatives.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-Evening Report: Ultrafast fashion brand Princess Polly has been certified as ‘sustainable’. Is that an oxymoron?

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Harriette Richards, Senior Lecturer, School of Fashion and Textiles, RMIT University

    Carol Yepes/Getty Images

    Last week, the ultrafast fashion brand Princess Polly received B Corp certification. This certification is designed to accredit for-profit businesses that provide social impact and environmental benefit.

    Established on the Gold Coast in 2010, a 50% stake in Princess Polly was acquired by United States-based A.K.A. Brands in 2018.

    Since then, it has grown its global reach as a low-cost, high-turnover online retailer.

    So can ultrafast fashion ever be sustainable?

    Who is Princess Polly?

    Princess Polly distinguishes itself from other fast fashion retailers through a mission to “make on-trend, sustainable fashion accessible to everyone”.

    As part of this mission, Princess Polly is a participant of the United Nations Global Compact, which commits them to sustainable procurement. The 2024 Baptist World Aid Ethical Fashion Report placed them in the top 20% of 460 global brands assessed.

    Yet, on the sustainability rating website Good On You, Princess Polly receives a “Not Good Enough” grade, due to their lack of action on reducing plastic and textile waste or protecting biodiversity in their supply chains, and the absence of evidence that they pay their workers a living wage.

    Regardless of how they make their clothes, Princess Polly produces a lot. At the time of writing, the brand has 3,920 different styles available on their website (excluding shoes and accessories).

    Of those, 34% (1,355 styles) are listed as “lower impact,” which means items are made using materials such as organic cotton and linen, recycled polyester and cellulose fabrics. There are also 720 items on the website currently listed as “new”: their daily new arrivals means they are constantly adding fresh items for sale.

    Overproduction, no matter what the garments are made from, is inherently wasteful. Even when clothes are purchased (and 10–40% of the clothing produced each year is not sold), the poor quality of fast fashion items means that they end up in landfill faster and stay there for longer, contributing to the ongoing environmental disaster.

    Sustainability communication

    In Australia, 1,096 companies are accredited with B Corp status, including 152 fashion businesses.

    B Corp assesses the practices of a company as a whole, rather than focusing on one single social or environmental issue. Businesses must score at least 80 out of a possible 250+ points in the B Impact Assessment to achieve accreditation.

    Organisations are assessed in five key areas – community, customers, environment, governance and workers – and must meet high standards of social and environmental performance, transparency and accountability.

    Third-party accreditations such as B Corp, Fairtrade and Global Organic Textile Standard are often used by brands as a marketing tool.

    These certifications can enhance consumer trust without the need for detailed explanations. For fashion brands, accreditation can help them stand out in a crowded market. They can provide legitimacy, attract ethical fashion consumers and reduce consumer scepticism.

    While B Corp aims to provide assurance to consumers, activists have accused it of greenwashing. In 2022, the organisation came under fire for accrediting Nespresso, a brand owned by Nestlé, which has a reputation for poor worker rights and sourcing policies.

    B Corp is now facing renewed condemnation for issuing certification to Princess Polly.

    Who needs certification?

    Other B Corp certified Australian fashion brands such as Clothing the Gaps and Outland Denim have built their reputations on their ethical credentials. For values-driven fashion-based social enterprises such as these, accreditations can provide valuable guarantees regarding ethical processes.

    According to our research, however, there are several barriers fashion-based social enterprises face when pursuing ethical accreditation.

    The cost of accreditation, both financial and in terms of time, skills and resourcing, is a significant challenge. And there is no certification that covers all aspects of environmental sustainability and ethical production. As a result, fashion-based social enterprises often require multiple accreditations to fully communicate the breadth of their ethical commitments.

    Despite the costs involved, if fashion-based social enterprises don’t acquire certain certifications they risk being ineligible for government grants and tenders, such as social procurement contracts.

    Differences between fashion-based social enterprises and fast fashion brands are stark. While Clothing the Gaps, Outland Denim and Princess Polly now all hold B Corp certification, the former score much more highly on the B Impact Assessment.
    The value and credibility of the certification is diminished when it extends to unsustainable ultrafast fashion.

    Is it possible for fast fashion to ever be sustainable?

    The question of whether fast fashion can ever be sustainable has become increasingly heated since the advent of ultrafast fashion, where brands produce on demand and sell directly online.

    Fast fashion took seasonal trends from high fashion runways and made them available to consumers at low costs within weeks. Ultrafast fashion takes trends from social media and reproduces them extremely cheaply for mass consumption within days.

    Both fast and ultrafast fashion’s low-cost, high-volume models encourage consumers to value quantity over quality. Using permanent sales and discounts, these brands incentivise multiple purchases of items that may never actually be worn. Online “micro trends” and “haul” videos further spur this overconsumption.

    The overconsumption of fast fashion means lots of it ends up in landfill.
    Dipanjan Pal/Unsplash

    Princess Polly may be using more sustainable textiles and engaging in more ethical forms of production than some of its ultrafast fashion counterparts. But this is not enough when the business model itself is unsustainable. Accreditations such as B Corp are unable to account for this nuance.

    Princess Polly claims to make sustainable fashion, yet it is also proudly trend driven. As an ultrafast fashion brand, it relies on overproduction and overconsumption. The idea that this can ever be “sustainable” is simply an oxymoron.

    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Ultrafast fashion brand Princess Polly has been certified as ‘sustainable’. Is that an oxymoron? – https://theconversation.com/ultrafast-fashion-brand-princess-polly-has-been-certified-as-sustainable-is-that-an-oxymoron-261561

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-Evening Report: 3 reasons young people are more likely to believe conspiracy theories – and how we can help them discover the truth

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Jean-Nicolas Bordeleau, Research Fellow, Jeff Bleich Centre for Democracy and Disruptive Technologies, Flinders University

    Conspiracy theories are a widespread occurrence in today’s hyper connected and polarised world.

    Events such as Brexit, the 2016 and 2020 United States presidential elections, and the COVID pandemic serve as potent reminders of how easily these narratives can infiltrate public discourse.

    The consequences for society are significant, given a devotion to conspiracy theories can undermine key democratic norms and weaken citizens’ trust in critical institutions. As we know from the January 6 riot at the US Capitol, it can also motivate political violence.

    But who is most likely to believe these conspiracies?

    My new study with Daniel Stockemer of the University of Ottawa provides a clear and perhaps surprising answer. Published in Political Psychology, our research shows age is one of the most significant predictors of conspiracy beliefs, but not in the way many might assume.

    People under 35 are consistently more likely to endorse conspiratorial ideas.

    This conclusion is built on a solid foundation of evidence. First, we conducted a meta analysis, a “study of studies”, which synthesised the results of 191 peer-reviewed articles published between 2014 and 2024.

    This massive dataset, which included over 374,000 participants, revealed a robust association between young age and belief in conspiracies.

    To confirm this, we ran our own original multinational survey of more than 6,000 people across six diverse countries: Australia, Brazil, Canada, Germany, the US and South Africa.

    The results were the same. In fact, age proved to be a more powerful predictor of conspiracy beliefs than any other demographic factor we measured, including a person’s gender, income, or level of education.

    Why are young people more conspiratorial?

    Having established conspiracy beliefs are more prevalent among younger people, we set out to understand why.

    Our project tested several potential factors and found three key reasons why younger generations are more susceptible to conspiracy theories.

    1. Political alienation

    One of the most powerful drivers we identified is a deep sense of political disaffection among young people.

    A majority of young people feel alienated from political systems run by politicians who are two or three generations older than them.

    This under representation can lead to frustration and the feeling democracy isn’t working for them. In this context, conspiracy theories provide a simple, compelling explanation for this disconnect: the system isn’t just failing, it’s being secretly controlled and manipulated by nefarious actors.

    2. Activist style of participation

    The way young people choose to take part in politics also plays a significant role.

    While they may be less likely to engage in traditional practices such as voting, they are often highly engaged in unconventional forms of participation, such as protests, boycotts and online campaigns.

    These activist environments, particularly online, can become fertile ground for conspiracy theories to germinate and spread. They often rely on similar “us versus them” narratives that pit a “righteous” in-group against a “corrupt” establishment.

    3. Low self-esteem

    Finally, our research confirmed a crucial psychological link to self-esteem.

    For individuals with lower perceptions of self worth, believing in a conspiracy theory – blaming external, hidden forces for their problems – can be a way of coping with feelings of powerlessness.

    This is particularly relevant for young people. Research has long shown self esteem tends to be lower in youth, before steadily increasing with age.

    What can be done?

    Understanding these root causes is essential because it shows simply debunking false claims is not a sufficient solution.

    To truly address the rise of conspiracy theories and limit their consequences, we must tackle the underlying issues that make these narratives so appealing in the first place.

    Given the role played by political alienation, a critical step forward is to make our democracies more representative. This is best illustrated by the recent election of Labor Senator Charlotte Walker, who is barely 21.

    By actively working to increase the presence of young people in our political institutions, we can help give them faith that the system can work for them, reducing the appeal of theories which claim it is hopelessly corrupt.

    More inclusive democracy

    This does not mean discouraging the passion of youth activism. Rather, it is about empowering young people with the tools to navigate today’s complex information landscape.

    Promoting robust media and digital literacy education could help individuals critically evaluate the information they encounter in all circles, including online activist spaces.

    The link to self-esteem also points to a broader societal responsibility.

    By investing in the mental health and wellbeing of young people, we can help boost the psychological resilience and sense of agency that makes them less vulnerable to the simplistic blame games offered by conspiracy theories.

    Ultimately, building a society that is resistant to misinformation is not about finding fault with a particular generation.

    It is about creating a stronger, more inclusive democracy where all citizens, especially the young, feel represented, empowered, and secure.

    Jean-Nicolas Bordeleau receives funding from Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada.

    ref. 3 reasons young people are more likely to believe conspiracy theories – and how we can help them discover the truth – https://theconversation.com/3-reasons-young-people-are-more-likely-to-believe-conspiracy-theories-and-how-we-can-help-them-discover-the-truth-261074

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • From Trade to Technology: India-Maldives cooperation set to expand

    Source: Government of India

    Source: Government of India (4)

    Prime Minister Narendra Modi concluded a landmark visit to the United Kingdom on Thursday, setting the stage for the next phase of his two-nation tour as he departed for the Maldives. This marks his third visit to the island nation and the first by a head of government during the tenure of Maldivian President Mohamed Muizzu.

    The visit is expected to deepen the growing partnership between India and the Maldives, especially under the framework of the India-Maldives Joint Vision for a Comprehensive Economic and Maritime Security Partnership, adopted during President Muizzu’s visit to India in October 2024.

    Expanding Economic Ties
    India’s economic and trade relationship with the Maldives has transformed in recent years into a multi-dimensional partnership encompassing trade, infrastructure, finance, and technology. The foundation of this relationship was laid in 1981 when both countries signed a bilateral trade agreement under which India assured the export of essential commodities to the Maldives.

    In April 2025, India approved the highest-ever quotas for essential goods exports to the Maldives, reaffirming its commitment to the welfare of its maritime neighbour.

    Trade between the two nations has grown substantially-from crossing the USD 300 million mark in 2021 to exceeding USD 500 million in 2022. In 2023, bilateral trade stood at USD 548 million. This surge was driven by the launch of a dedicated cargo vessel service in September 2020 and several Lines of Credit (LoC) projects initiated since 2021. Visa-free access for Indian business travellers, granted in February 2022, further encouraged commercial engagement.

    India primarily exports pharmaceuticals, engineering goods, cement, agricultural products, and construction materials to the Maldives. In return, scrap metals make up a bulk of Indian imports from the Maldives. Notably, duty-free tuna exports from the Maldives to India were introduced in August 2022, aiming to boost the island nation’s seafood sector.

    Strategic Financial Cooperation
    The State Bank of India (SBI), operational in the Maldives since 1974, has played a key role in supporting economic infrastructure by financing resort development and marine exports. In November 2022, India extended a USD 100 million financial support package via SBI Malè by subscribing to Maldivian government domestic T-bonds backed by a sovereign guarantee from India. The support was renewed in 2024 with an interest-free extension under a unique government-to-government arrangement.

    In response to further budgetary needs, India offered an additional USD 400 million currency swap facility in October 2024. This follows a 2022 agreement signed between the Reserve Bank of India and the Maldives Monetary Authority under the SAARC framework, allowing up to USD 200 million in withdrawals.

    Digital and FinTech Partnerships
    In August 2024, India and the Maldives signed an agreement enabling the use of India’s Unified Payments Interface (UPI) in the Maldives. This development, facilitated during the visit of India’s External Affairs Minister to Malè, represents a critical step toward digital and financial integration between the two nations.

    To further enhance economic cooperation, Maldivian Finance Minister Moosa Zameer visited New Delhi in December 2024 to participate in the Global Economic Policy Forum. He held bilateral meetings with India’s Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman and engaged with business leaders from the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) to explore investment opportunities.

  • MIL-OSI Russia: ECB keeps key interest rates unchanged

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

    An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    FRANKFURT AM MAIN, July 24 (Xinhua) — The European Central Bank (ECB) decided to leave key interest rates unchanged at its monetary policy meeting on Thursday.

    The deposit rate, with which the Central Bank regulates monetary policy, remains unchanged at 2 percent.

    According to Eurostat, the EU’s statistical office, inflation in the eurozone rose from 1.9 percent in May to 2 percent in June. Domestic price pressures continue to ease and wage growth is slowing, the ECB said in a statement.

    Thus, inflation in the eurozone fluctuates around the target indicator of 2%. The Central Bank has once again confirmed its determination to ensure its stabilization in the medium term.

    “The Governing Council stands ready to adjust all instruments within its mandate to ensure that inflation remains stabilised at the 2% target over the medium term and that the smooth functioning of the monetary policy transmission mechanism is maintained,” the regulator said in a statement. –0–

    Please note: This information is raw content obtained directly from the source of the information. It is an accurate report of what the source claims and does not necessarily reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    .

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Deputy Secretary-General, at High-level Political Forum’s Africa Day, Says Investment Crucial for Development in Continent’s ‘Resilient, Determined, Unstoppable’ Nations

    Source: United Nations 4

    Following are UN Deputy Secretary-General Amina Mohammed’s opening remarks, as prepared for delivery, on the occasion of Africa Day at the High-level Political Forum 2025:

    It is a great honour to join you here today.

    As we celebrate Africa Day within this High-Level Political Forum, we gather not only to take stock, but to bear witness to something extraordinary:  a continent that refuses to be defined by its starting point but instead chooses to measure itself by how far it has travelled.

    Make no mistake:  Africa began its sustainable development journey on the back foot.  Colonial legacies that took wealth and left behind fractured institutions.  Climate catastrophes that wash away decades of progress in a single season.  Conflicts that force entire populations to abandon everything they have built.  These are daily realities that test the resolve of every African nation.

    Yet here we stand, with 10 countries presenting their Voluntary National Reviews this year as testaments to resilience.  Angola achieving its strongest economic growth in a decade while building over 12,000 new schools.  Ethiopia sustaining remarkable growth while powering its entire electrical grid from renewable sources.  The Gambia driving robust development across agriculture, tourism and services.

    These efforts are part of a broader continental push to realize the vision of Agenda 2063 and the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.  In the Voluntary National Reviews, we see that vision coming to life. More than 100 other Voluntary National Reviews have been prepared in the last decade since the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) were adopted and tell promising stories of progress across the Continent.

    But let us be clear on the full scale of the challenges facing Africa.  When a country like Sudan facing conflict sees the vast majority of its factories destroyed with unemployment soaring to crushing levels, we are reminded that progress is neither linear nor guaranteed.

    When young people across our continent still struggle to find decent work, we know that our most precious resource — our youth — still faces barriers that deny them their rightful place in building tomorrow’s Africa.

    When Africa gets the fundamentals right, like quality education for every child, the path to higher ground becomes clearer.  Digital transformation, climate resilience, economic justice:  these are no longer distant summits, but peaks within reach, and Africa has always been a continent of climbers.

    Consider the women breaking barriers across our continent.  In parliaments from Rwanda to Eswatini to Ghana, women are claiming seats of power once denied to them.  Across Lesotho, widows now possess rights over family property that previous generations could never imagine.  Each a seismic shift in how African societies recognize the power and potential of half their population.

    Our youth, too, are not passive recipients of change — they are its architects. From Nigeria’s digital revolution to technology driven governance in Seychelles to Morocco’s role in advancing AI [artificial intelligence] research, young Africans are coding and designing the future every step of the way.

    That said, we should not romanticize the road ahead.  At this moment, at this rate, the SDGs are beyond reach in Africa.  We have five years to 2030.  Five years to transform systems that took decades to build.  Five years to close gaps, and the widest gap remains finance.

    Finance is the engine of progress.  Without it, schools don’t get built, clinics stay empty, and peace remains out of reach. The global financial system is not working for Africa.  Borrowing costs are too high, debt burdens are too heavy, and the money that could change lives is tied up in systems that are too slow, too narrow, and too risk averse.

    The Sevilla Commitment is a step forward, a promise to get resources flowing faster, fairer and at the scale we need.  The next five years will test not only our ambition, but our ability to deliver on the most basic promises of dignity and justice — especially in the areas where progress remains most elusive.

    Many women still face gender-based violence that steals their safety, their dignity, and their dreams.  We must dismantle the structural barriers that persist like shadows, following women from childhood through their adult lives.  Our young people deserve more than we have given them.  We must invest urgently in skills development, particularly in the digital and green sectors where Africa can lead the world.

    The bigger picture also betrays an all-too-present imbalance:  too often, African countries are absent from the tables where global decisions are made, yet they are first to feel the impact.

    The Pact for the Future is working to change that.  It calls for more inclusive, representative global governance that reflects today’s realities, not a snapshot of yesterday.  It recognizes that sustainable development cannot be built on a foundation of exclusion, and by adopting the Pact, countries committed to ensuring Africa is where it belongs:  at the table, shaping the decisions that shape our world.  And we are taking the necessary steps to ensure that countries have the UN support and capacity needed to do just that.

    The Secretary-General’s UN80 Initiative also builds on the existing reforms and plots an ambitious path forward to ensure that those we serve have the optimal level and type of capacity in country.

    Africa’s journey toward 2030, 2063 and beyond is not a sprint, it’s a relay race, where each nation, each community, each individual, carries the baton forward.

    The Africa Sustainable Development Report that we are launching today represents both the progress, and the challenges, from a continent still writing its greatest chapter.  It is a declaration that future generations will inherit not the limitations we face, but the possibilities we create.  Above all, they speak to a refusal to accept that history determines destiny.

    I want to thank the African Union, the Economic Commission of Africa, the African Development Bank and the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) for preparing this crucial piece of work.  Let it be our map for the road ahead.  Let us build on the foundation of commitment it represents.

    The relay baton is in our hands.  The finish line is in sight, and from what I have seen, African nations — resilient, determined, unstoppable — are ready to run.

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Action against ATM fraud in Romania and UK stopped by joint investigation team with Eurojust support

    Source: Eurojust

    Authorities in Romania and the United Kingdom have taken concerted action to block criminals who illegally withdrew cash from automated teller machines (ATMs) on a large scale. By using specialised computer programs and devices, the Romanian criminal network managed to steal an estimated EUR 580 000. The criminal group was also involved in other types of payment and card fraud. 

    During an operation in Romania, two suspects were identified and brought in for questioning. In the UK, prosecutions have already been initiated against eight members of the group, following an action day in December 2024.

    © DIICOT Poliția Română

    Eurojust supported a joint investigation team of the Romanian and British authorities, which investigated the case. The Agency also assisted with the preparation of the action day in Romania. Europol provided data analysis support, in addition to sending an analyst to Romania and organising meetings to prepare for the operations on the ground.

    The criminal network was formed last year in the Romanian city of Bacău, mainly consisting of family members and friends. They adopted a derogatory term aimed at the police as their so-called trademark, which they used on social media, on custom license plates and on clothes they wore.

    Most of the money was stolen in the UK by pretending to take money from an ATM with a bank card, removing the screen of the ATM and then cancelling the transaction. This allowed them to reach into the ATM itself and take all the cash inside, before ending the transaction.

    The criminals also counterfeited public transport cards, which they distributed across the UK with the help of individuals of Turkish origin. Furthermore, they committed card fraud by using software that identifies card numbers and then generates illicit income through fraudulent payments.

    The proceeds of the criminal activities were invested in luxury cars, jewellery, real estate and expensive holidays. The gang members being prosecuted in the UK and those brought in for questioning in Romania are suspected of cyber fraud, membership of an organised crime group, money laundering and forgery of payment instruments. 

    During the action day in Romania, a total of 18 places were searched and real estate, vehicles electronic devices and cash were seized. 

    The operations against the criminal network were carried out at the request of and by the following authorities:

    • Romania: Directorate for Investigating Organised Crime and Terrorism (DIICOT) – Bacău Regional Service; Romanian Police – Anti Cybercrime Service of Bacău County Organised Crime Brigade
    • United Kingdom: Crown Prosecution Service; Eastern Regional Special Operations Unit

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: USCB Financial Holdings, Inc. Reports Record Fully Diluted EPS of $0.40 for Q2 2025; ROAA of 1.22% and ROAE of 14.29%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MIAMI, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — USCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: USCB), the holding company for U.S. Century Bank (the “Bank”), reported net income of $8.1 million or $0.40 per fully diluted share for the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared with net income of $6.2 million or $0.31 per fully diluted share for the same period in 2024.

    “We are proud to report another consecutive record quarter, with continued improvement in our profitability ratios reflecting the strength of our core operations,” said Luis de la Aguilera, Chairman, President and CEO. “This quarter, NIM reached 3.28%, driven by healthy loan growth and disciplined deposit pricing. We remain focused on sustaining this momentum while prudently managing risk and capital allocation to deliver long-term value to our shareholders.”

    Unless otherwise stated, all percentage comparisons in the bullet points below are calculated at or for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 compared to at or for the quarter ended June 30, 2024 and annualized where appropriate.

    Profitability

    • Annualized return on average assets for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 was 1.22% compared to 1.01% for the second quarter of 2024.
    • Annualized return on average stockholders’ equity for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 was 14.29% compared to 12.63% for the second quarter of 2024.
    • The efficiency ratio for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 was 51.77% compared to 56.33% for the second quarter of 2024.
    • Net interest margin for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 was 3.28% compared to 2.94% for the second quarter of 2024.
    • Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $21.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $3.7 million or 21.5% compared to $17.3 million for the same period in 2024.

    Balance Sheet

    • Total assets were $2.7 billion at June 30, 2025, representing an increase of $261.2 million or 10.6% from $2.5 billion at June 30, 2024.
    • Total loans held for investment were $2.1 billion at June 30, 2025, representing an increase of $244.1 million or 13.1% from $1.9 billion at June 30, 2024.
    • Total deposits were $2.3 billion at June 30, 2025, representing an increase of $279.0 million or 13.6% from $2.1 billion at June 30, 2024.
    • Total stockholders’ equity was $231.6 million at June 30, 2025, representing an increase of $30.6 million or 15.2% from $201.0 million at June 30, 2024. Total stockholders’ equity included accumulated comprehensive loss of $41.8 million at June 30, 2025 compared to accumulated comprehensive loss of $44.7 million at June 30, 2024.

    Asset Quality

    • The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) increased by $2.7 million to $24.9 million at June 30, 2025 from $22.2 million at June 30, 2024.
    • The ACL represented 1.18% of total loans at June 30, 2025 and 1.19% at June 30, 2024.
    • The provision for credit loss was $1.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $245 thousand compared to $786 thousand for the same period in 2024.
    • The ratio of non-performing loans to total loans was 0.06% at June 30, 2025 and 0.04% at June 30, 2024. Non-performing loans totaled $1.4 million at June 30, 2025 and $758 thousand at June 30, 2024.

    Non-interest Income and Non-interest Expense

    • Non-interest income was $3.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $159 thousand or 5.0% compared to $3.2 million for the same period in 2024.
    • Non-interest expense was $12.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $1.1 million or 9.3% compared to $11.6 million for the same period in 2024.

    Capital

    • On July 21, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per share of the Company’s Class A common stock. The dividend will be paid on September 5, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on August 15, 2025.
    • As of June 30, 2025, total risk-based capital ratios for the Company and the Bank were 13.73% and 13.67%, respectively, well in excess of regulatory requirements.
    • Tangible book value per common share (a non-GAAP measure) was $11.53 at June 30, 2025, representing an increase of $0.30 or 10.7% annualized from $11.23 at March 31, 2025. At June 30, 2025, tangible book value per common share was negatively affected by ($2.08) per share due to an accumulated comprehensive loss of $41.8 million mostly due to changes in the market value of the Company’s available for sale securities. At March 31, 2025, tangible book value per common share was negatively affected by ($2.05) per share due to an accumulated comprehensive loss of $41.1 million.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    The Company will host a conference call on Friday, July 25, 2025, at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time to discuss the Company’s unaudited financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025. To access the conference call, dial (833) 816-1416 (U.S. toll-free) and ask to join the USCB Financial Holdings Call.

    Additionally, interested parties can listen to a live webcast of the call in the “Investor Relations” section of the Company’s website at www.uscentury.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available in the same location shortly after the live call has ended.

    About USCB Financial Holdings, Inc.

    USCB Financial Holdings, Inc. is the bank holding company for U.S. Century Bank. Established in 2002, U.S. Century Bank is one of the largest community banks headquartered in Miami, and one of the largest community banks in the State of Florida. U.S. Century Bank is rated 5-Stars by BauerFinancial, the nation’s leading independent bank rating firm. U.S. Century Bank offers customers a wide range of financial products and services and supports numerous community organizations, including the Greater Miami Chamber of Commerce, the South Florida Hispanic Chamber of Commerce, and ChamberSouth. For more information about us or to find a banking center near you, please call (305) 715-5200 or visit www.uscentury.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This earnings release may contain statements that are not historical in nature and are intended to be, and are hereby identified as, forward-looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor provided by Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements are those that are not historical facts. The words “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “aim,” “plan,” “estimate,” “seek,” “continue,” and “intend,”, the negative of these terms, as well as other similar words and expressions of the future, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements related to our projected growth, anticipated future financial performance, and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on our results of operations and financial condition from expected or potential developments or events, or business and growth strategies, including anticipated internal growth and balance sheet restructuring.

    These forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

    • the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct operations;
    • our ability to successfully manage interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, and other risks inherent to our industry;
    • the accuracy of our financial statement estimates and assumptions, including the estimates used for our credit loss reserve and deferred tax asset valuation allowance;
    • the efficiency and effectiveness of our internal control procedures and processes;
    • our ability to comply with the extensive laws and regulations to which we are subject, including the laws for each jurisdiction where we operate;
    • adverse changes or conditions in capital and financial markets, including actual or potential stresses in the banking industry;
    • deposit attrition and the level of our uninsured deposits;
    • legislative or regulatory changes and changes in accounting principles, policies, practices or guidelines, including the on-going effects of the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) standard;
    • the lack of a significantly diversified loan portfolio and our concentration in the South Florida market, including the risks of geographic, depositor, and industry concentrations, including our concentration in loans secured by real estate, in particular, commercial real estate;
    • the effects of climate change;
    • the concentration of ownership of our common stock;
    • fluctuations in the price of our common stock;
    • our ability to fund or access the capital markets at attractive rates and terms and manage our growth, both organic growth as well as growth through other means, such as future acquisitions;
    • inflation, interest rate, unemployment rate, and market and monetary fluctuations;
    • the effects of potential new or increased tariffs and trade restrictions;
    • the impact of international hostilities and geopolitical events;
    • increased competition and its effect on the pricing of our products and services as well as our interest rate spread and net interest margin;
    • the loss of key employees;
    • the effectiveness of our risk management strategies, including operational risks, including, but not limited to, client, employee, or third-party fraud and security breaches; and
    • other risks described in this earnings release and other filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

    All forward-looking statements are necessarily only estimates of future results, and there can be no assurance  that actual results will not differ materially from expectations. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Further, forward-looking statements included in this earnings release are made only as of the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, unless required to do so under the federal securities laws. You should also review the risk factors described in the reports the Company filed or will file with the SEC.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This earnings release includes financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This financial information includes certain operating performance measures. Management has included these non-GAAP measures because it believes these measures may provide useful supplemental information for evaluating the Company’s operations and underlying performance trends. Further, management uses these measures in managing and evaluating the Company’s business and intends to refer to them in discussions about our operations and performance. Operating performance measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative to or substitute for, measures determined in accordance with GAAP, and are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP measures that may be presented by other companies. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures can be found in the ‘Non-GAAP Reconciliation Tables’ included in the exhibits to this earnings release.

    All numbers included in this press release are unaudited unless otherwise noted.

    Contacts:

    Investor Relations
    InvestorRelations@uscentury.com 

    Media Relations
    Martha Guerra-Kattou
    MGuerra@uscentury.com 

    USCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                           
      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
    Interest income:                      
    Loans, including fees $ 31,946   $ 28,017   $ 62,191   $ 54,660
    Investment securities   3,432     3,069     6,456     5,880
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions   776     1,531     1,485     2,964
    Total interest income   36,154     32,617     70,132     63,504
    Interest expense:                      
    Interest-bearing checking deposits   285     391     623     760
    Savings and money market deposits   9,410     10,071     18,745     20,465
    Time deposits   4,343     3,222     8,261     6,516
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   1,082     1,622     2,354     3,294
    Total interest expense   15,120     15,306     29,983     31,035
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses   21,034     17,311     40,149     32,469
    Provision for credit losses   1,031     786     1,712     1,196
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   20,003     16,525     38,437     31,273
    Non-interest income:                          
    Service fees   2,402     1,977     4,733     3,628
    Gain on sale of securities available for sale, net       14         14
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale, net   151     417     676     484
    Other non-interest income   817     803     1,677     1,549
    Total non-interest income   3,370     3,211     7,086     5,675
    Non-interest expense:                          
    Salaries and employee benefits   7,954     7,353     15,590     13,663
    Occupancy   1,337     1,266     2,621     2,580
    Regulatory assessments and fees   396     476     817     909
    Consulting and legal fees   263     263     456     855
    Network and information technology services   564     479     1,069     986
    Other operating expense   2,120     1,723     4,133     3,741
    Total non-interest expense   12,634     11,560     24,686     22,734
    Net income before income tax expense   10,739     8,176     20,837     14,214
    Income tax expense   2,599     1,967     5,039     3,393
    Net income $ 8,140   $ 6,209   $ 15,798   $ 10,821
    Per share information:                      
    Net income per common share, basic $ 0.41   $ 0.32   $ 0.79   $ 0.55
    Net income per common share, diluted $ 0.40   $ 0.31   $ 0.78   $ 0.55
    Cash dividends declared $ 0.10   $ 0.05   $ 0.20   $ 0.10
    Weighted average shares outstanding:                      
    Common shares, basic   20,059,264     19,650,681     20,040,205     19,642,006
    Common shares, diluted   20,295,794     19,717,167     20,299,585     19,707,561
                           
     
    USCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                                 
      As of or For the Three Months Ended
      6/30/2025   3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024
    Income statement data:                            
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses $ 21,034     $ 19,115     $ 19,358     $ 18,109     $ 17,311  
    Provision for credit losses   1,031       681       1,030       931       786  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   20,003       18,434       18,328       17,178       16,525  
    Service fees   2,402       2,331       2,667       2,544       1,977  
    Gain on sale of securities available for sale, net                           14  
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale, net   151       525       154       109       417  
    Other non-interest income   817       860       806       785       803  
    Total non-interest income   3,370       3,716       3,627       3,438       3,211  
    Salaries and employee benefits   7,954       7,636       7,930       7,200       7,353  
    Occupancy   1,337       1,284       1,337       1,341       1,266  
    Regulatory assessments and fees   396       421       405       452       476  
    Consulting and legal fees   263       193       552       161       263  
    Network and information technology services   564       505       494       513       479  
    Other operating expense   2,120       2,013       2,136       1,787       1,723  
    Total non-interest expense   12,634       12,052       12,854       11,454       11,560  
    Net income before income tax expense   10,739       10,098       9,101       9,162       8,176  
    Income tax expense   2,599       2,440       2,197       2,213       1,967  
    Net income $ 8,140     $ 7,658     $ 6,904     $ 6,949     $ 6,209  
    Per share information:                            
    Net income per common share, basic $ 0.41     $ 0.38     $ 0.35     $ 0.35     $ 0.32  
    Net income per common share, diluted $ 0.40     $ 0.38     $ 0.34     $ 0.35     $ 0.31  
    Cash dividends declared $ 0.10     $ 0.10     $ 0.05     $ 0.05     $ 0.05  
    Balance sheet data (at period-end):                            
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 54,819     $ 97,984     $ 77,035     $ 38,486     $ 77,261  
    Securities available-for-sale $ 285,382     $ 275,139     $ 260,221     $ 259,527     $ 236,444  
    Securities held-to-maturity $ 158,740     $ 161,790     $ 164,694     $ 167,001     $ 169,606  
    Total securities $ 444,122     $ 436,929     $ 424,915     $ 426,528     $ 406,050  
    Loans held for investment (1) $ 2,113,318     $ 2,036,212     $ 1,972,848     $ 1,931,362     $ 1,869,249  
    Allowance for credit losses $ (24,933 )   $ (24,740 )   $ (24,070 )   $ (23,067 )   $ (22,230 )
    Total assets $ 2,719,474     $ 2,677,382     $ 2,581,216     $ 2,503,954     $ 2,458,270  
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposits $ 584,895     $ 605,489     $ 575,159     $ 637,313     $ 579,243  
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 1,750,766     $ 1,704,080     $ 1,598,845     $ 1,489,304     $ 1,477,459  
    Total deposits $ 2,335,661     $ 2,309,569     $ 2,174,004     $ 2,126,617     $ 2,056,702  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings $ 108,000     $ 108,000     $ 163,000     $ 118,000     $ 162,000  
    Total liabilities $ 2,487,891     $ 2,452,294     $ 2,365,828     $ 2,290,038     $ 2,257,250  
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 231,583     $ 225,088     $ 215,388     $ 213,916     $ 201,020  
    Capital ratios:(2)                            
    Leverage ratio   9.72 %     9.61 %     9.53 %     9.34 %     9.03 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital   12.52 %     12.48 %     12.28 %     12.01 %     11.93 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital   12.52 %     12.48 %     12.28 %     12.01 %     11.93 %
    Total risk-based capital   13.73 %     13.72 %     13.51 %     13.22 %     13.12 %
                                 
    (1) Loan amounts include deferred fees/costs.
    (2) Reflects the Company’s regulatory capital ratios which are provided for informational purposes only; as a small bank holding company, the Company is not subject to regulatory capital requirements. The Bank’s total risk-based capital at June 30, 2025 was 13.67%.
     
    USCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
    AVERAGE BALANCES, RATIOS, AND OTHER DATA (UNAUDITED)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                                 
      As of or For the Three Months Ended
      6/30/2025   3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024
    Average balance sheet data:                            
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 71,388     $ 82,610     $ 56,937     $ 87,937     $ 107,831  
    Securities available-for-sale $ 281,840     $ 265,154     $ 255,786     $ 244,882     $ 263,345  
    Securities held-to-maturity $ 160,443     $ 163,510     $ 165,831     $ 168,632     $ 171,682  
    Total securities $ 442,283     $ 428,664     $ 421,617     $ 413,514     $ 435,027  
    Loans held for investment(1) $ 2,057,445     $ 1,986,856     $ 1,958,566     $ 1,878,230     $ 1,828,487  
    Total assets $ 2,677,198     $ 2,606,593     $ 2,544,592     $ 2,485,434     $ 2,479,222  
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 1,710,568     $ 1,652,147     $ 1,547,789     $ 1,468,067     $ 1,473,513  
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposits $ 580,121     $ 563,040     $ 590,829     $ 609,456     $ 610,370  
    Total deposits $ 2,290,689     $ 2,215,187     $ 2,138,618     $ 2,077,523     $ 2,083,883  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings $ 116,527     $ 138,944     $ 151,804     $ 156,043     $ 162,000  
    Total liabilities $ 2,448,706     $ 2,387,088     $ 2,328,877     $ 2,278,793     $ 2,281,467  
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 228,492     $ 219,505     $ 215,715     $ 206,641     $ 197,755  
    Performance ratios:                            
    Return on average assets (2)   1.22 %     1.19 %     1.08 %     1.11 %     1.01 %
    Return on average equity (2)   14.29 %     14.15 %     12.73 %     13.38 %     12.63 %
    Net interest margin (2)   3.28 %     3.10 %     3.16 %     3.03 %     2.94 %
    Non-interest income to average assets (2)   0.50 %     0.58 %     0.57 %     0.55 %     0.52 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets (2)   1.89 %     1.88 %     2.01 %     1.83 %     1.88 %
    Efficiency ratio (3)   51.77 %     52.79 %     55.92 %     53.16 %     56.33 %
    Loans by type (at period end): (4)                            
    Residential real estate $ 307,020     $ 301,164     $ 289,961     $ 283,477     $ 256,807  
    Commercial real estate $ 1,206,621     $ 1,150,129     $ 1,136,417     $ 1,095,112     $ 1,053,030  
    Commercial and industrial $ 263,966     $ 256,326     $ 258,311     $ 246,539     $ 248,525  
    Correspondent banks $ 110,155     $ 103,026     $ 82,438     $ 103,815     $ 112,510  
    Consumer and other $ 218,426     $ 218,711     $ 198,091     $ 198,604     $ 194,644  
    Asset quality data:                            
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.18 %     1.22 %     1.22 %     1.19 %     1.19 %
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans   1825 %     595 %     889 %     846 %     2,933 %
    Total non-performing loans(5) $ 1,366     $ 4,156     $ 2,707     $ 2,725     $ 758  
    Non-performing loans to total loans   0.06 %     0.20 %     0.14 %     0.14 %     0.04 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets(5)   0.05 %     0.16 %     0.10 %     0.11 %     0.03 %
    Net charge-offs (recoveries of) to average loans (2)   0.14 %     0.00 %     (0.00 )%     (0.00 )%     (0.00 )%
    Net charge-offs (recovery) of credit losses $ 702     $ 2     $ (11 )   $ (6 )   $ (2 )
    Interest rates and yields:(2)                            
    Loans held for investment   6.23 %     6.17 %     6.25 %     6.32 %     6.16 %
    Investment securities   3.06 %     2.81 %     2.63 %     2.61 %     2.80 %
    Total interest-earning assets   5.64 %     5.51 %     5.57 %     5.61 %     5.54 %
    Deposits(6)   2.46 %     2.49 %     2.48 %     2.66 %     2.64 %
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   3.72 %     3.71 %     3.81 %     4.05 %     4.03 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3.32 %     3.37 %     3.47 %     3.79 %     3.76 %
    Other information:                            
    Full-time equivalent employees   203       201       199       198       197  
                                 
    (1) Loan amounts include deferred fees/costs.
    (2) Annualized.
    (3) Efficiency ratio is defined as total non-interest expense divided by sum of net interest income and total non-interest income.
    (4) Loan amounts exclude deferred fees/costs.
    (5) The amounts for total non-performing loans and total non-performing assets are the same at the dates presented since there was no other real estate owned (OREO) recorded at any of the dates presented.
    (6) Reflects effect of non-interest-bearing deposits.
     
    USCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
    NET INTEREST MARGIN (UNAUDITED)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                                   
      Three Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024
      Average
    Balance
      Interest   Yield/Rate (1)   Average
    Balance
      Interest   Yield/Rate (1)
    Assets                              
    Interest-earning assets:                              
    Loans held for investment(2) $ 2,057,445   $ 31,946   6.23 %   $ 1,828,487   $ 28,017   6.16 %
    Investment securities (3)   449,624     3,432   3.06 %     440,559     3,069   2.80 %
    Other interest-earning assets   63,974     776   4.87 %     100,371     1,531   6.13 %
    Total interest-earning assets   2,571,043     36,154   5.64 %     2,369,417     32,617   5.54 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   106,155                 109,805            
    Total assets $ 2,677,198             $ 2,479,222          
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                                    
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                              
    Interest-bearing checking deposits $ 46,694     285   2.45 %   $ 56,369     391   2.79 %
    Saving and money market deposits   1,211,513     9,410   3.12 %     1,101,272     10,071   3.68 %
    Time deposits   452,361     4,343   3.85 %     315,872     3,222   4.10 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,710,568     14,038   3.29 %     1,473,513     13,684   3.74 %
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   116,527     1,082   3.72 %     162,000     1,622   4.03 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,827,095     15,120   3.32 %     1,635,513     15,306   3.76 %
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposits   580,121                 610,370             
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   41,490               35,584          
    Total liabilities   2,448,706                 2,281,467            
    Stockholders’ equity   228,492               197,755          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 2,677,198               $ 2,479,222            
    Net interest income       $ 21,034             $ 17,311    
    Net interest spread (4)             2.32 %               1.78 %
    Net interest margin (5)             3.28 %               2.94 %
                                   
    (1) Annualized.
    (2) Average loan balances include non-accrual loans. Interest income on loans includes accretion of deferred loan fees, net of deferred loan costs.
    (3) At fair value except for securities held to maturity. This amount includes FHLB stock.
    (4) Net interest spread is the average yield earned on total interest-earning assets minus the average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities.
    (5) Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to total interest-earning assets.
     
    USCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (UNAUDITED)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                                 
      As of or For the Three Months Ended
      6/30/2025   3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024
    Pre-tax pre-provision (“PTPP”) income:(1)                            
    Net income $ 8,140     $ 7,658     $ 6,904     $ 6,949     $ 6,209  
    Plus: Provision for income taxes   2,599       2,440       2,197       2,213       1,967  
    Plus: Provision for credit losses   1,031       681       1,030       931       786  
    PTPP income $ 11,770     $ 10,779     $ 10,131     $ 10,093     $ 8,962  
                                 
    PTPP return on average assets:(1)                                 
    PTPP income $ 11,770     $ 10,779     $ 10,131     $ 10,093     $ 8,962  
    Average assets $ 2,677,198     $ 2,606,593     $ 2,544,592     $ 2,485,434     $ 2,479,222  
    PTPP return on average assets (2)   1.76 %     1.68 %     1.58 %     1.62 %     1.45 %
                                      
    Operating net income:(1)                            
    Net income $ 8,140     $ 7,658     $ 6,904     $ 6,949     $ 6,209  
    Less: Net gains on sale of securities                           14  
    Less: Tax effect on sale of securities                           (4 )
    Operating net income $ 8,140     $ 7,658     $ 6,904     $ 6,949     $ 6,199  
                                      
    Operating PTPP income:(1)                            
    PTPP income $ 11,770     $ 10,779     $ 10,131     $ 10,093     $ 8,962  
    Less: Net gains on sale of securities                           14  
    Operating PTPP income $ 11,770     $ 10,779     $ 10,131     $ 10,093     $ 8,948  
                                 
    Operating PTPP return on average assets:(1)                                 
    Operating PTPP income $ 11,770     $ 10,779     $ 10,131     $ 10,093     $ 8,948  
    Average assets $ 2,677,198     $ 2,606,593     $ 2,544,592     $ 2,485,434     $ 2,479,222  
    Operating PTPP return on average assets (2)   1.76 %     1.68 %     1.58 %     1.62 %     1.45 %
                                      
    Operating return on average assets:(1)                            
    Operating net income $ 8,140     $ 7,658     $ 6,904     $ 6,949     $ 6,199  
    Average assets $ 2,677,198     $ 2,606,593     $ 2,544,592     $ 2,485,434     $ 2,479,222  
    Operating return on average assets (2)   1.22 %     1.19 %     1.08 %     1.11 %     1.01 %
                                 
    Operating return on average equity:(1)                            
    Operating net income $ 8,140     $ 7,658     $ 6,904     $ 6,949     $ 6,199  
    Average equity $ 228,492     $ 219,505     $ 215,715     $ 206,641     $ 197,755  
    Operating return on average equity (2)   14.29 %     14.15 %     12.73 %     13.38 %     12.61 %
                                 
    Operating Revenue:(1)                            
    Net interest income $ 21,034     $ 19,115     $ 19,358     $ 18,109     $ 17,311  
    Non-interest income   3,370       3,716       3,627       3,438       3,211  
    Less: Net gains on sale of securities                           14  
    Operating revenue $ 24,404     $ 22,831     $ 22,985     $ 21,547     $ 20,508  
                                 
    Operating Efficiency Ratio:(1)                            
    Total non-interest expense $ 12,634     $ 12,052     $ 12,854     $ 11,454     $ 11,560  
    Operating revenue $ 24,404     $ 22,831     $ 22,985     $ 21,547     $ 20,508  
    Operating efficiency ratio   51.77 %     52.79 %     55.92 %     53.16 %     56.37 %
                                 
    (1) The Company believes these non-GAAP measurements are key indicators of the ongoing earnings power of the Company.
    (2) Annualized.
     
    USCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (UNAUDITED)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                                 
      As of or For the Three Months Ended
      6/30/2025   3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024
    Tangible book value per common share (at period-end):(1)                            
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 231,583     $ 225,088     $ 215,388     $ 213,916     $ 201,020  
    Less: Intangible assets                            
    Tangible stockholders’ equity $ 231,583     $ 225,088     $ 215,388     $ 213,916     $ 201,020  
    Total shares issued and outstanding (at period-end):                            
    Total common shares issued and outstanding   20,078,385       20,048,385       19,924,632       19,620,632       19,630,632  
    Tangible book value per common share(2) $ 11.53     $ 11.23     $ 10.81     $ 10.90     $ 10.24  
                                 
    Operating diluted net income per common share:(1)                            
    Operating net income $ 8,140     $ 7,658     $ 6,904     $ 6,949     $ 6,199  
    Total weighted average diluted shares of common stock   20,295,794       20,319,535       20,183,731       19,825,211       19,717,167  
    Operating diluted net income per common share: $ 0.40     $ 0.38     $ 0.34     $ 0.35     $ 0.31  
                                 
    Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Assets(1)                            
    Tangible stockholders’ equity $ 231,583     $ 225,088     $ 215,388     $ 213,916     $ 201,020  
    Tangible total assets(3) $ 2,719,474     $ 2,677,382     $ 2,581,216     $ 2,503,954     $ 2,458,270  
    Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Assets   8.52 %     8.41 %     8.34 %     8.54 %     8.18 %
                                 
    (1) The Company believes these non-GAAP measurements are key indicators of the ongoing earnings power of the Company.
    (2) Excludes the dilutive effect, if any, of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.
    (3) Since the Company has no intangible assets, tangible total assets is the same amount as total assets calculated under GAAP.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: First Western Reports Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Second Quarter 2025 Summary

    • Total loans increased $115 million, or 4.7%, from $2.43 billion as of Q1 2025 to $2.54 billion as of Q2 2025
    • Net interest margin increased 6 basis points from 2.61% in Q1 2025 to 2.67% in Q2 2025
    • Net interest income increased $0.4 million from $17.5 million in Q1 2025 to $17.9 million in Q2 2025
    • Non-interest expense decreased $0.3 million from $19.4 million in Q1 2025 to $19.1 million in Q2 2025
    • Net income available to common shareholders of $2.5 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, in Q2 2025

    DENVER, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Western Financial, Inc. (“First Western” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: MYFW), today reported financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    Net income available to common shareholders was $2.5 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, for the second quarter of 2025. This compares to net income of $4.2 million, or $0.43 per diluted share, for the first quarter of 2025, and net income of $1.1 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, for the second quarter of 2024.

    Scott C. Wylie, CEO of First Western, commented, “We executed well in the second quarter and saw positive trends in many areas including loan and deposit growth, an expansion in our net interest margin, well managed expenses, and stable asset quality. We were able to redeploy the cash from the sale of our two largest OREO properties into loan production and securities purchases, which positively impacted our net interest margin. While maintaining our disciplined underwriting and pricing criteria, we had a very strong quarter of loan production, which was well diversified across our markets and loan portfolios. Our strong loan production reflects the healthy economic conditions we continue to see across our markets, as well as the contribution of banking talent we have added over the past few years.

    “Our loan and deposit pipelines remain healthy and we expect to see solid balance sheet growth over the second half of the year, along with continued expansion in our net interest margin while we continue to maintain tight expense control. We believe this will continue to result in solid financial performance for our shareholders as we move through the year,” said Mr. Wylie.

      For the Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   2025       2025       2024  
    Earnings Summary          
    Net interest income $ 17,884     $ 17,453     $ 15,778  
    Provision for credit losses   1,773       80       2,334  
    Total non-interest income   6,305       7,345       6,972  
    Total non-interest expense   19,099       19,361       19,001  
    Income before income taxes   3,317       5,357       1,415  
    Income tax expense   814       1,172       339  
    Net income available to common shareholders   2,503       4,185       1,076  
    Basic earnings per common share   0.26       0.43       0.11  
    Diluted earnings per common share   0.26       0.43       0.11  
               
    Return on average assets (annualized)   0.36 %     0.59 %     0.15 %
    Return on average shareholders’ equity (annualized)   3.90       6.63       1.73  
    Return on tangible common equity (annualized)(1)   4.40       7.44       2.00  
    Net interest margin   2.67       2.61       2.35  
    Efficiency ratio(1)   78.83       79.16       82.25  

    ____________________

    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Operating Results for the Second Quarter 2025

    Revenue

    Total income before non-interest expense was $22.4 million for the second quarter of 2025, a decrease of 9.3% from $24.7 million for the first quarter of 2025. Gross revenue(1) was $24.2 million for the second quarter of 2025, a decrease of 1.6% from $24.6 million for the first quarter of 2025. Relative to the first quarter of 2025, the decrease in total income before non-interest expense was primarily driven by an increase in the Provision for credit losses and decreases in Net gain on loans held for sale and Net gain on other real estate owned, partially offset by an increase in Net interest income. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, total income before non-interest expense increased 9.8% from $20.4 million and Gross revenue increased 4.8% from $23.1 million. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, the increase in total income before non-interest expense was primarily driven by an increase in Net interest income and decrease in the Provision for credit losses, partially offset by a decrease in Net gain on mortgage loans.

    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Net Interest Margin

    Net interest margin for the second quarter of 2025 increased 6 basis points to 2.67% from 2.61% reported in the first quarter of 2025, primarily due to a decrease in cost of deposits and increase in interest-earning assets yield. The decrease in cost of deposits was primarily due to lower rates on time deposits and the increase in interest-earning assets yield was primarily due to an improved mix in average interest-earning asset balances.

    The yield on interest-earning assets increased 4 basis points to 5.61% from 5.57% reported in the first quarter of 2025 and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 2 basis points to 3.63% from 3.65% reported in the first quarter of 2025.

    Relative to the second quarter of 2024, net interest margin increased 32 basis points from 2.35%, primarily due to a 42 basis point decrease in total cost of funds as a result of the lower interest rate environment.

    Net Interest Income

    Net interest income for the second quarter of 2025 was $17.9 million, an increase of 2.3% from $17.5 million for the first quarter of 2025. The increase quarter over quarter was primarily driven by a 6 basis point increase in net interest margin, offset partially by a decline in average interest-earning assets. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, net interest income increased 13.3% from $15.8 million. The increase compared to the second quarter of 2024 was primarily driven by a 32 basis point increase in net interest margin, offset partially by a decline in average interest-earnings assets.

    Non-interest Income

    Non-interest income for the second quarter of 2025 was $6.3 million, a decrease of 13.7% from $7.3 million in the first quarter of 2025. The decrease was driven primarily by decreases in Net gain on other real estate owned, Net gain on loans held for sale, and Risk management and insurance fees, partially offset by an increase in Net gain on mortgage loans due to an increase in origination volume. The first quarter of 2025 included a Net gain on other real estate of $0.5 million due to the sale of our two largest OREO properties as well as a Net gain on loans held for sale of $0.2 million due to the reversal of a previous quarter’s write-down on a non-performing loan.

    Relative to the second quarter of 2024, non-interest income decreased $0.7 million, driven primarily by a decrease in Net gain on mortgage loans due to a decrease in origination volume.

    Non-interest Expense

    Non-interest expense for the second quarter of 2025 was $19.1 million, a decrease of 1.5% from $19.4 million in the first quarter of 2025. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in Salaries and employee benefits due to the seasonality of payroll taxes, partially offset by an increase in Professional services.

    Relative to the second quarter of 2024, non-interest expense increased 0.5% from $19.0 million, driven primarily by an increase in Occupancy and equipment expenses, partially offset by a decrease in Salaries and employee benefits.

    The Company’s efficiency ratio(1) was 78.8% in the second quarter of 2025, compared with 79.2% in the first quarter of 2025 and 82.3% in the second quarter of 2024.

    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Income Taxes

    The Company recorded Income tax expense of $0.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, compared to $1.2 million for the first quarter of 2025, and $0.3 million for the second quarter of 2024.

    Loans

    Total loans held for investment were $2.54 billion as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $115 million or 4.7% compared to March 31, 2025. Changes in the quarter included net growth in the Cash, securities, and other and 1-4 family residential portfolios, partially offset by a net decrease in the Construction and development portfolio. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, total loans held for investment increased from $2.46 billion as of June 30, 2024, primarily driven by net growth in the 1-4 family residential and Non-owner occupied commercial real estate portfolios, partially offset by net decreases in the Construction and development and Commercial and industrial portfolios.

    Deposits

    Total deposits were $2.53 billion as of June 30, 2025, an increase of 0.4% from $2.52 billion as of March 31, 2025. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, total deposits increased from $2.41 billion as of June 30, 2024, driven primarily by an increase in Interest-bearing deposits.

    Borrowings

    Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve borrowings were a combined $163.4 million as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $111.8 million from $51.6 million as of March 31, 2025. The change when compared to March 31, 2025 was primarily driven by net draws on the Company’s FHLB line of credit as a result of interest-earning asset growth during the quarter. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, borrowings decreased $28.1 million from $191.5 million as of June 30, 2024. The decrease in borrowings from June 30, 2024 was primarily driven by Bank Term Funding Program (“BTFP”) payoffs and net pay downs on the Company’s FHLB line of credit as a result of deposit growth.

    Subordinated notes were $44.7 million as of June 30, 2025, compared to $44.6 million as of March 31, 2025. Subordinated notes decreased $7.8 million from $52.5 million as of June 30, 2024. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, the decrease was primarily due to the redemption of $8.0 million of subordinated notes that became eligible to call in the first quarter of 2025.

    Assets Under Management

    Assets Under Management (“AUM”) was $7.50 billion as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $320 million, or 4.5%, from $7.18 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in AUM during the quarter was primarily attributable to improving market conditions. Compared to June 30, 2024, total AUM increased 6.9% from $7.01 billion.

    Credit Quality

    Non-performing assets totaled $18.8 million, or 0.62% of Total assets, as of June 30, 2025, compared to $17.1 million, or 0.59% of total assets, as of March 31, 2025. The increase in non-performing assets during the quarter was due to additions to non-performing loans. As of June 30, 2024, non-performing assets totaled $49.3 million, or 1.68% of total assets. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, the decrease in non-performing assets was primarily driven by the sale of two OREO properties, partially offset by additions to non-performing loans. OREO totaled $4.4 million as of June 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, a decrease of $7.0 million from $11.4 million as of June 30, 2024.

    Non-performing loans totaled $14.4 million as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $1.6 million from $12.8 million as of March 31, 2025. The increase was due to the addition of one credit relationship that is in active workout. This relationship is secured by a residential real estate asset, business assets, and a personal guarantee. As of June 30, 2024, non-performing loans totaled $37.9 million. The decrease when compared to June 30, 2024 was driven by the migration of one loan relationship out of non-performing loans and into OREO, partially offset by additions to non-performing loans.

    During the second quarter of 2025, the Company recorded provision expense of $1.8 million, compared to $0.1 million in the first quarter of 2025 and $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2024. The increase in provision expense recorded in the second quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2025 was primarily driven by loan growth and charge-offs.

    Capital

    As of June 30, 2025, First Western (“Consolidated”) and First Western Trust Bank (“Bank”) exceeded the minimum capital levels required by their respective regulators. As of June 30, 2025, the Bank was classified as “well capitalized,” as summarized in the following table:

      June 30,
      2025
    Consolidated Capital  
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 9.96 %
    Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) to risk-weighted assets 9.96  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets 12.67  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets 8.31  
       
    Bank Capital  
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 11.36 %
    CET1 to risk-weighted assets 11.36  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets 12.13  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets 9.49  

    Book value per common share increased 0.8% from $26.44 as of March 31, 2025 to $26.64 as of June 30, 2025. Book value per common share increased 4.3% from $25.55 as of June 30, 2024.

    Tangible book value per common share(1) increased 0.9% from $23.18 as of March 31, 2025, to $23.39 as of June 30, 2025. Tangible book value per common share increased 5.0% from $22.27 as of June 30, 2024.

    During the three months ended June 30, 2025, the Company repurchased 26,287 shares for $0.5 million.

    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Conference Call, Webcast and Slide Presentation

    The Company will host a conference call and webcast at 10:00 a.m. MT/ 12:00 p.m. ET on Friday, July 25, 2025. Telephone access: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI4e9784b7b6ee4a528ae8f3affe52d2ee

    A slide presentation relating to the second quarter 2025 results will be accessible prior to the scheduled conference call. The slide presentation and webcast of the conference call can be accessed on the Events and Presentations page of the Company’s investor relations website at https://myfw.gcs-web.com

    About First Western

    First Western is a financial services holding company headquartered in Denver, Colorado, with operations in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, California, and Montana. First Western and its subsidiaries provide a fully integrated suite of wealth management services on a private trust bank platform, which includes a comprehensive selection of deposit, loan, trust, wealth planning and investment management products and services. First Western’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MYFW.” For more information, please visit www.myfw.com

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Some of the financial measures included in this press release are not measures of financial performance recognized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). These non-GAAP financial measures include “Tangible Common Equity,” “Tangible Common Book Value per Share,” “Return on Tangible Common Equity,” “Efficiency Ratio,” and “Gross Revenue”. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide both management and investors a more complete understanding of the Company’s financial position and performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and are not a substitute for any analysis based on GAAP financial measures. Not all companies use the same calculation of these measures; therefore, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures as presented by other companies. Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures are provided at the end of this press release.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements in this news release regarding our expectations and beliefs about our future financial performance and financial condition, as well as trends in our business and markets are “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “project,” “position,” “outlook,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “opportunity,” “could,” or “may.” The forward-looking statements in this news release are based on current information and on assumptions that we make about future events and circumstances that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that are often difficult to predict and beyond our control. As a result of those risks and uncertainties, our actual financial results in the future could differ, possibly materially, from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this news release and could cause us to make changes to our future plans. Those risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, the risk of geographic concentration in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, California, and Montana; the risk of changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity; the risk in our ability to continue to originate residential real estate loans and sell such loans; risks specific to commercial loans and borrowers; the risk of claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities; the risk of changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest margins and net interest income; increased credit risk, including as a result of deterioration in economic conditions, could require us to increase our allowance for credit losses and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition; the risk in our ability to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources. Additional information regarding these and other risks and uncertainties to which our business and future financial performance are subject is contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 7, 2025 (“Form 10-K”), and other documents we file with the SEC from time to time. We urge readers of this news release to review the “Risk Factors” section our Form 10-K and any updates to those risk factors set forth in our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and our other filings with the SEC. Also, our actual financial results in the future may differ from those currently expected due to additional risks and uncertainties of which we are not currently aware or which we do not currently view as, but in the future may become, material to our business or operating results. Due to these and other possible uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this news release, which speak only as of today’s date, or to make predictions based solely on historical financial performance. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Contacts:
    Financial Profiles, Inc.
    Tony Rossi
    310-622-8221
    MYFW@finprofiles.com 
    IR@myfw.com 

    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2025     2025     2024  
    Interest and dividend income:          
    Loans, including fees $ 35,085   $ 34,068   $ 35,275  
    Loans accounted for under the fair value option   85     111     168  
    Investment securities   819     681     651  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions   1,356     2,221     1,855  
    Dividends, restricted stock   155     128     105  
    Total interest and dividend income   37,500     37,209     38,054  
               
    Interest expense:          
    Deposits   18,208     18,516     20,848  
    Other borrowed funds   1,408     1,240     1,428  
    Total interest expense   19,616     19,756     22,276  
    Net interest income   17,884     17,453     15,778  
    Less: Provision for credit losses   1,773     80     2,334  
    Net interest income, after provision for credit losses   16,111     17,373     13,444  
               
    Non-interest income:          
    Trust and investment management fees   4,512     4,677     4,875  
    Net gain on mortgage loans   1,187     1,067     1,820  
    Net gain on loans held for sale       222      
    Bank fees   293     422     327  
    Risk management and insurance fees   47     259     109  
    Income on company-owned life insurance   112     110     106  
    Net gain (loss) on loans accounted for under the fair value option   26     6     (315 )
    Net gain on other real estate owned       459      
    Unrealized gain (loss) recognized on equity securities   3     11     (2 )
    Other   125     112     52  
    Total non-interest income   6,305     7,345     6,972  
    Total income before non-interest expense   22,416     24,718     20,416  
               
    Non-interest expense:          
    Salaries and employee benefits   11,019     11,480     11,097  
    Occupancy and equipment   2,224     2,210     2,080  
    Professional services   1,855     1,704     1,826  
    Technology and information systems   1,030     1,078     1,042  
    Data processing   1,166     1,122     1,101  
    Marketing   267     216     243  
    Amortization of other intangible assets   52     51     56  
    Other   1,486     1,500     1,556  
    Total non-interest expense   19,099     19,361     19,001  
    Income before income taxes   3,317     5,357     1,415  
    Income tax expense   814     1,172     339  
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 2,503   $ 4,185   $ 1,076  
    Earnings per common share:          
    Basic $ 0.26   $ 0.43   $ 0.11  
    Diluted   0.26     0.43     0.11  
    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)
               
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024  
    Assets          
    Cash and cash equivalents:          
    Cash and due from banks $ 12,353     $ 15,924     $ 6,374  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions   219,961       255,658       239,425  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   232,314       271,582       245,799  
               
    Held-to-maturity debt securities (fair value of $93,979, $67,479 and $71,067, respectively), net of allowance for credit losses of $71   99,825       73,775       78,927  
    Correspondent bank stock, at cost   11,254       5,968       10,804  
    Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value   24,151       10,557       26,856  
    Loans (includes $5,099, $6,112, and $10,190 measured at fair value, respectively)   2,540,096       2,425,367       2,456,063  
    Allowance for credit losses   (18,994 )     (17,956 )     (27,319 )
    Loans, net   2,521,102       2,407,411       2,428,744  
    Premises and equipment, net   24,488       24,554       24,657  
    Accrued interest receivable   10,783       10,623       11,339  
    Accounts receivable   4,435       4,505       5,118  
    Other receivables   4,915       4,608       4,875  
    Other real estate owned, net   4,385       4,385       11,421  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   31,524       31,576       31,741  
    Deferred tax assets, net   2,809       2,856       6,123  
    Company-owned life insurance   17,184       17,071       16,741  
    Other assets   37,628       36,829       34,410  
    Total assets $ 3,026,797     $ 2,906,300     $ 2,937,555  
               
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing $ 361,656     $ 409,696     $ 396,702  
    Interest-bearing   2,167,473       2,105,701       2,014,190  
    Total deposits   2,529,129       2,515,397       2,410,892  
    Borrowings:          
    Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve borrowings   163,416       51,612       191,505  
    Subordinated notes   44,673       44,621       52,451  
    Accrued interest payable   1,406       2,371       2,243  
    Other liabilities   29,326       35,744       33,589  
    Total liabilities   2,767,950       2,649,745       2,690,680  
               
    Shareholders’ Equity          
    Total shareholders’ equity   258,847       256,555       246,875  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 3,026,797     $ 2,906,300     $ 2,937,555  
                           
    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Summary (unaudited)
               
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024  
    Loan Portfolio          
    Cash, Securities, and Other $ 161,725     $ 101,078     $ 143,720  
    Consumer and Other   15,778       16,688       15,645  
    Construction and Development   255,870       291,133       309,146  
    1-4 Family Residential   1,012,662       971,179       904,569  
    Non-Owner Occupied CRE   655,954       636,820       609,790  
    Owner Occupied CRE   196,692       182,417       189,353  
    Commercial and Industrial   239,278       223,197       277,973  
    Total   2,537,959       2,422,512       2,450,196  
    Loans accounted for under the fair value option   5,235       6,280       10,494  
    Total loans held for investment   2,543,194       2,428,792       2,460,690  
    Deferred (fees) costs and unamortized premiums/(unaccreted discounts), net(1)   (3,098 )     (3,425 )     (4,627 )
    Loans (includes $5,099, $6,112, and $10,190 measured at fair value, respectively) $ 2,540,096     $ 2,425,367     $ 2,456,063  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   24,151       10,557       26,856  
               
    Deposit Portfolio          
    Money market deposit accounts $ 1,632,997     $ 1,566,737     $ 1,342,753  
    Time deposits   397,006       379,533       519,597  
    Interest checking accounts   123,967       144,980       135,759  
    Savings accounts   13,503       14,451       16,081  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   2,167,473       2,105,701       2,014,190  
    Noninterest-bearing accounts   361,656       409,696       396,702  
    Total deposits $ 2,529,129     $ 2,515,397     $ 2,410,892  

    ____________________
    (1) Includes fair value adjustments on loans held for investment accounted for under the fair value option.

    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Summary (unaudited) (continued)
     
      As of or for the Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024  
    Average Balance Sheets          
    Assets          
    Interest-earning assets:          
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions $ 121,950     $ 198,294     $ 141,600  
    Debt securities   85,739       75,592       75,461  
    Correspondent bank stock   7,199       5,806       4,801  
    Gross loans   2,443,758       2,407,482       2,443,937  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   18,803       13,593       20,254  
    Loans held at fair value   5,690       6,846       11,314  
    Total interest-earning assets   2,683,139       2,707,613       2,697,367  
    Noninterest-earning assets   126,397       145,479       119,247  
    Total assets $ 2,809,536     $ 2,853,092     $ 2,816,614  
               
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          
    Interest-bearing liabilities:          
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 2,047,570     $ 2,090,505     $ 2,001,691  
    FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowings   75,362       51,885       67,196  
    Subordinated notes   44,639       52,495       52,414  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   2,167,571       2,194,885       2,121,301  
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   352,391       363,922       412,741  
    Other liabilities   32,794       41,656       34,051  
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities   385,185       405,578       446,792  
    Total shareholders’ equity   256,780       252,629       248,521  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 2,809,536     $ 2,853,092     $ 2,816,614  
               
    Yields/Cost of funds (annualized)          
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions   4.46 %     4.54 %     5.27 %
    Debt securities   3.83       3.65       3.47  
    Correspondent bank stock   8.64       8.94       8.80  
    Loans   5.71       5.71       5.75  
    Loan held at fair value   5.99       6.58       5.97  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   6.61       5.46       6.83  
    Total interest-earning assets   5.61       5.57       5.67  
    Interest-bearing deposits   3.57       3.59       4.19  
    Total deposits   3.04       3.06       3.47  
    FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowings   4.14       3.92       4.14  
    Subordinated notes   5.66       5.70       5.66  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3.63       3.65       4.22  
    Net interest margin   2.67       2.61       2.35  
    Net interest rate spread   1.98       1.92       1.45  
    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Summary (unaudited) (continued)
       
      As of or for the Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2025       2025       2024  
    Asset Quality          
    Non-performing loans $ 14,394     $ 12,758     $ 37,909  
    Non-performing assets   18,779       17,143       49,330  
    Net charge-offs (recoveries)   657       566       (9 )
    Non-performing loans to total loans   0.57 %     0.53 %     1.54 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.62       0.59       1.68  
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans   131.96       140.74       72.06  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   0.75       0.74       1.11  
    Net charge-offs to average loans   0.03       0.02     *
               
    Assets Under Management $ 7,497,361     $ 7,176,624     $ 7,011,796  
               
    Market Data          
    Book value per share at period end $ 26.64     $ 26.44     $ 25.55  
    Tangible book value per common share(1)   23.39       23.18       22.27  
    Weighted average outstanding shares, basic   9,707,924       9,704,419       9,647,345  
    Weighted average outstanding shares, diluted   9,809,321       9,798,591       9,750,667  
    Shares outstanding at period end   9,717,922       9,704,320       9,660,549  
               
    Consolidated Capital          
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets   9.96 %     10.35 %     9.92 %
    CET1 to risk-weighted assets   9.96       10.35       9.92  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets   12.67       13.15       13.44  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets   8.31       8.12       7.91  
               
    Bank Capital          
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets   11.36 %     11.76 %     11.22 %
    CET1 to risk-weighted assets   11.36       11.76       11.22  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets   12.13       12.52       12.35  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets   9.49       9.24       8.95  

    ____________________
    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Summary (unaudited) (continued)

    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

      As of or for the Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2025       2025       2024  
    Tangible Common          
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 258,847     $ 256,555     $ 246,875  
    Less: goodwill and other intangibles, net   31,524       31,576       31,741  
    Tangible common equity $ 227,323     $ 224,979     $ 215,134  
               
    Common shares outstanding, end of period   9,717,922       9,704,320       9,660,549  
    Tangible common book value per share $ 23.39     $ 23.18     $ 22.27  
    Net income available to common shareholders   2,503       4,185       1,076  
    Return on tangible common equity (annualized)   4.40 %     7.44 %     2.00 %
               
    Efficiency          
    Non-interest expense $ 19,099     $ 19,361     $ 19,001  
    Less: OREO expenses and write-downs   53       (80 )     29  
    Adjusted non-interest expense $ 19,046     $ 19,441     $ 18,972  
               
    Total income before non-interest expense $ 22,416     $ 24,718     $ 20,416  
    Less: unrealized gain (loss) recognized on equity securities   3       11       (2 )
    Less: net gain (loss) on loans accounted for under the fair value option   26       6       (315 )
    Less: net gain on loans held for sale         222        
    Plus: provision for credit losses   1,773       80       2,334  
    Gross revenue $ 24,160     $ 24,559     $ 23,067  
    Efficiency ratio   78.83 %     79.16 %     82.25 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: First Western Reports Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Second Quarter 2025 Summary

    • Total loans increased $115 million, or 4.7%, from $2.43 billion as of Q1 2025 to $2.54 billion as of Q2 2025
    • Net interest margin increased 6 basis points from 2.61% in Q1 2025 to 2.67% in Q2 2025
    • Net interest income increased $0.4 million from $17.5 million in Q1 2025 to $17.9 million in Q2 2025
    • Non-interest expense decreased $0.3 million from $19.4 million in Q1 2025 to $19.1 million in Q2 2025
    • Net income available to common shareholders of $2.5 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, in Q2 2025

    DENVER, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Western Financial, Inc. (“First Western” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: MYFW), today reported financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    Net income available to common shareholders was $2.5 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, for the second quarter of 2025. This compares to net income of $4.2 million, or $0.43 per diluted share, for the first quarter of 2025, and net income of $1.1 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, for the second quarter of 2024.

    Scott C. Wylie, CEO of First Western, commented, “We executed well in the second quarter and saw positive trends in many areas including loan and deposit growth, an expansion in our net interest margin, well managed expenses, and stable asset quality. We were able to redeploy the cash from the sale of our two largest OREO properties into loan production and securities purchases, which positively impacted our net interest margin. While maintaining our disciplined underwriting and pricing criteria, we had a very strong quarter of loan production, which was well diversified across our markets and loan portfolios. Our strong loan production reflects the healthy economic conditions we continue to see across our markets, as well as the contribution of banking talent we have added over the past few years.

    “Our loan and deposit pipelines remain healthy and we expect to see solid balance sheet growth over the second half of the year, along with continued expansion in our net interest margin while we continue to maintain tight expense control. We believe this will continue to result in solid financial performance for our shareholders as we move through the year,” said Mr. Wylie.

      For the Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   2025       2025       2024  
    Earnings Summary          
    Net interest income $ 17,884     $ 17,453     $ 15,778  
    Provision for credit losses   1,773       80       2,334  
    Total non-interest income   6,305       7,345       6,972  
    Total non-interest expense   19,099       19,361       19,001  
    Income before income taxes   3,317       5,357       1,415  
    Income tax expense   814       1,172       339  
    Net income available to common shareholders   2,503       4,185       1,076  
    Basic earnings per common share   0.26       0.43       0.11  
    Diluted earnings per common share   0.26       0.43       0.11  
               
    Return on average assets (annualized)   0.36 %     0.59 %     0.15 %
    Return on average shareholders’ equity (annualized)   3.90       6.63       1.73  
    Return on tangible common equity (annualized)(1)   4.40       7.44       2.00  
    Net interest margin   2.67       2.61       2.35  
    Efficiency ratio(1)   78.83       79.16       82.25  

    ____________________

    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Operating Results for the Second Quarter 2025

    Revenue

    Total income before non-interest expense was $22.4 million for the second quarter of 2025, a decrease of 9.3% from $24.7 million for the first quarter of 2025. Gross revenue(1) was $24.2 million for the second quarter of 2025, a decrease of 1.6% from $24.6 million for the first quarter of 2025. Relative to the first quarter of 2025, the decrease in total income before non-interest expense was primarily driven by an increase in the Provision for credit losses and decreases in Net gain on loans held for sale and Net gain on other real estate owned, partially offset by an increase in Net interest income. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, total income before non-interest expense increased 9.8% from $20.4 million and Gross revenue increased 4.8% from $23.1 million. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, the increase in total income before non-interest expense was primarily driven by an increase in Net interest income and decrease in the Provision for credit losses, partially offset by a decrease in Net gain on mortgage loans.

    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Net Interest Margin

    Net interest margin for the second quarter of 2025 increased 6 basis points to 2.67% from 2.61% reported in the first quarter of 2025, primarily due to a decrease in cost of deposits and increase in interest-earning assets yield. The decrease in cost of deposits was primarily due to lower rates on time deposits and the increase in interest-earning assets yield was primarily due to an improved mix in average interest-earning asset balances.

    The yield on interest-earning assets increased 4 basis points to 5.61% from 5.57% reported in the first quarter of 2025 and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 2 basis points to 3.63% from 3.65% reported in the first quarter of 2025.

    Relative to the second quarter of 2024, net interest margin increased 32 basis points from 2.35%, primarily due to a 42 basis point decrease in total cost of funds as a result of the lower interest rate environment.

    Net Interest Income

    Net interest income for the second quarter of 2025 was $17.9 million, an increase of 2.3% from $17.5 million for the first quarter of 2025. The increase quarter over quarter was primarily driven by a 6 basis point increase in net interest margin, offset partially by a decline in average interest-earning assets. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, net interest income increased 13.3% from $15.8 million. The increase compared to the second quarter of 2024 was primarily driven by a 32 basis point increase in net interest margin, offset partially by a decline in average interest-earnings assets.

    Non-interest Income

    Non-interest income for the second quarter of 2025 was $6.3 million, a decrease of 13.7% from $7.3 million in the first quarter of 2025. The decrease was driven primarily by decreases in Net gain on other real estate owned, Net gain on loans held for sale, and Risk management and insurance fees, partially offset by an increase in Net gain on mortgage loans due to an increase in origination volume. The first quarter of 2025 included a Net gain on other real estate of $0.5 million due to the sale of our two largest OREO properties as well as a Net gain on loans held for sale of $0.2 million due to the reversal of a previous quarter’s write-down on a non-performing loan.

    Relative to the second quarter of 2024, non-interest income decreased $0.7 million, driven primarily by a decrease in Net gain on mortgage loans due to a decrease in origination volume.

    Non-interest Expense

    Non-interest expense for the second quarter of 2025 was $19.1 million, a decrease of 1.5% from $19.4 million in the first quarter of 2025. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in Salaries and employee benefits due to the seasonality of payroll taxes, partially offset by an increase in Professional services.

    Relative to the second quarter of 2024, non-interest expense increased 0.5% from $19.0 million, driven primarily by an increase in Occupancy and equipment expenses, partially offset by a decrease in Salaries and employee benefits.

    The Company’s efficiency ratio(1) was 78.8% in the second quarter of 2025, compared with 79.2% in the first quarter of 2025 and 82.3% in the second quarter of 2024.

    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Income Taxes

    The Company recorded Income tax expense of $0.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, compared to $1.2 million for the first quarter of 2025, and $0.3 million for the second quarter of 2024.

    Loans

    Total loans held for investment were $2.54 billion as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $115 million or 4.7% compared to March 31, 2025. Changes in the quarter included net growth in the Cash, securities, and other and 1-4 family residential portfolios, partially offset by a net decrease in the Construction and development portfolio. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, total loans held for investment increased from $2.46 billion as of June 30, 2024, primarily driven by net growth in the 1-4 family residential and Non-owner occupied commercial real estate portfolios, partially offset by net decreases in the Construction and development and Commercial and industrial portfolios.

    Deposits

    Total deposits were $2.53 billion as of June 30, 2025, an increase of 0.4% from $2.52 billion as of March 31, 2025. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, total deposits increased from $2.41 billion as of June 30, 2024, driven primarily by an increase in Interest-bearing deposits.

    Borrowings

    Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve borrowings were a combined $163.4 million as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $111.8 million from $51.6 million as of March 31, 2025. The change when compared to March 31, 2025 was primarily driven by net draws on the Company’s FHLB line of credit as a result of interest-earning asset growth during the quarter. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, borrowings decreased $28.1 million from $191.5 million as of June 30, 2024. The decrease in borrowings from June 30, 2024 was primarily driven by Bank Term Funding Program (“BTFP”) payoffs and net pay downs on the Company’s FHLB line of credit as a result of deposit growth.

    Subordinated notes were $44.7 million as of June 30, 2025, compared to $44.6 million as of March 31, 2025. Subordinated notes decreased $7.8 million from $52.5 million as of June 30, 2024. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, the decrease was primarily due to the redemption of $8.0 million of subordinated notes that became eligible to call in the first quarter of 2025.

    Assets Under Management

    Assets Under Management (“AUM”) was $7.50 billion as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $320 million, or 4.5%, from $7.18 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in AUM during the quarter was primarily attributable to improving market conditions. Compared to June 30, 2024, total AUM increased 6.9% from $7.01 billion.

    Credit Quality

    Non-performing assets totaled $18.8 million, or 0.62% of Total assets, as of June 30, 2025, compared to $17.1 million, or 0.59% of total assets, as of March 31, 2025. The increase in non-performing assets during the quarter was due to additions to non-performing loans. As of June 30, 2024, non-performing assets totaled $49.3 million, or 1.68% of total assets. Relative to the second quarter of 2024, the decrease in non-performing assets was primarily driven by the sale of two OREO properties, partially offset by additions to non-performing loans. OREO totaled $4.4 million as of June 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, a decrease of $7.0 million from $11.4 million as of June 30, 2024.

    Non-performing loans totaled $14.4 million as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $1.6 million from $12.8 million as of March 31, 2025. The increase was due to the addition of one credit relationship that is in active workout. This relationship is secured by a residential real estate asset, business assets, and a personal guarantee. As of June 30, 2024, non-performing loans totaled $37.9 million. The decrease when compared to June 30, 2024 was driven by the migration of one loan relationship out of non-performing loans and into OREO, partially offset by additions to non-performing loans.

    During the second quarter of 2025, the Company recorded provision expense of $1.8 million, compared to $0.1 million in the first quarter of 2025 and $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2024. The increase in provision expense recorded in the second quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2025 was primarily driven by loan growth and charge-offs.

    Capital

    As of June 30, 2025, First Western (“Consolidated”) and First Western Trust Bank (“Bank”) exceeded the minimum capital levels required by their respective regulators. As of June 30, 2025, the Bank was classified as “well capitalized,” as summarized in the following table:

      June 30,
      2025
    Consolidated Capital  
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 9.96 %
    Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) to risk-weighted assets 9.96  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets 12.67  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets 8.31  
       
    Bank Capital  
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 11.36 %
    CET1 to risk-weighted assets 11.36  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets 12.13  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets 9.49  

    Book value per common share increased 0.8% from $26.44 as of March 31, 2025 to $26.64 as of June 30, 2025. Book value per common share increased 4.3% from $25.55 as of June 30, 2024.

    Tangible book value per common share(1) increased 0.9% from $23.18 as of March 31, 2025, to $23.39 as of June 30, 2025. Tangible book value per common share increased 5.0% from $22.27 as of June 30, 2024.

    During the three months ended June 30, 2025, the Company repurchased 26,287 shares for $0.5 million.

    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Conference Call, Webcast and Slide Presentation

    The Company will host a conference call and webcast at 10:00 a.m. MT/ 12:00 p.m. ET on Friday, July 25, 2025. Telephone access: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI4e9784b7b6ee4a528ae8f3affe52d2ee

    A slide presentation relating to the second quarter 2025 results will be accessible prior to the scheduled conference call. The slide presentation and webcast of the conference call can be accessed on the Events and Presentations page of the Company’s investor relations website at https://myfw.gcs-web.com

    About First Western

    First Western is a financial services holding company headquartered in Denver, Colorado, with operations in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, California, and Montana. First Western and its subsidiaries provide a fully integrated suite of wealth management services on a private trust bank platform, which includes a comprehensive selection of deposit, loan, trust, wealth planning and investment management products and services. First Western’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MYFW.” For more information, please visit www.myfw.com

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Some of the financial measures included in this press release are not measures of financial performance recognized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). These non-GAAP financial measures include “Tangible Common Equity,” “Tangible Common Book Value per Share,” “Return on Tangible Common Equity,” “Efficiency Ratio,” and “Gross Revenue”. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide both management and investors a more complete understanding of the Company’s financial position and performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and are not a substitute for any analysis based on GAAP financial measures. Not all companies use the same calculation of these measures; therefore, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures as presented by other companies. Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures are provided at the end of this press release.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements in this news release regarding our expectations and beliefs about our future financial performance and financial condition, as well as trends in our business and markets are “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “project,” “position,” “outlook,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “opportunity,” “could,” or “may.” The forward-looking statements in this news release are based on current information and on assumptions that we make about future events and circumstances that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that are often difficult to predict and beyond our control. As a result of those risks and uncertainties, our actual financial results in the future could differ, possibly materially, from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this news release and could cause us to make changes to our future plans. Those risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, the risk of geographic concentration in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, California, and Montana; the risk of changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity; the risk in our ability to continue to originate residential real estate loans and sell such loans; risks specific to commercial loans and borrowers; the risk of claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities; the risk of changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest margins and net interest income; increased credit risk, including as a result of deterioration in economic conditions, could require us to increase our allowance for credit losses and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition; the risk in our ability to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources. Additional information regarding these and other risks and uncertainties to which our business and future financial performance are subject is contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 7, 2025 (“Form 10-K”), and other documents we file with the SEC from time to time. We urge readers of this news release to review the “Risk Factors” section our Form 10-K and any updates to those risk factors set forth in our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and our other filings with the SEC. Also, our actual financial results in the future may differ from those currently expected due to additional risks and uncertainties of which we are not currently aware or which we do not currently view as, but in the future may become, material to our business or operating results. Due to these and other possible uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this news release, which speak only as of today’s date, or to make predictions based solely on historical financial performance. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Contacts:
    Financial Profiles, Inc.
    Tony Rossi
    310-622-8221
    MYFW@finprofiles.com 
    IR@myfw.com 

    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2025     2025     2024  
    Interest and dividend income:          
    Loans, including fees $ 35,085   $ 34,068   $ 35,275  
    Loans accounted for under the fair value option   85     111     168  
    Investment securities   819     681     651  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions   1,356     2,221     1,855  
    Dividends, restricted stock   155     128     105  
    Total interest and dividend income   37,500     37,209     38,054  
               
    Interest expense:          
    Deposits   18,208     18,516     20,848  
    Other borrowed funds   1,408     1,240     1,428  
    Total interest expense   19,616     19,756     22,276  
    Net interest income   17,884     17,453     15,778  
    Less: Provision for credit losses   1,773     80     2,334  
    Net interest income, after provision for credit losses   16,111     17,373     13,444  
               
    Non-interest income:          
    Trust and investment management fees   4,512     4,677     4,875  
    Net gain on mortgage loans   1,187     1,067     1,820  
    Net gain on loans held for sale       222      
    Bank fees   293     422     327  
    Risk management and insurance fees   47     259     109  
    Income on company-owned life insurance   112     110     106  
    Net gain (loss) on loans accounted for under the fair value option   26     6     (315 )
    Net gain on other real estate owned       459      
    Unrealized gain (loss) recognized on equity securities   3     11     (2 )
    Other   125     112     52  
    Total non-interest income   6,305     7,345     6,972  
    Total income before non-interest expense   22,416     24,718     20,416  
               
    Non-interest expense:          
    Salaries and employee benefits   11,019     11,480     11,097  
    Occupancy and equipment   2,224     2,210     2,080  
    Professional services   1,855     1,704     1,826  
    Technology and information systems   1,030     1,078     1,042  
    Data processing   1,166     1,122     1,101  
    Marketing   267     216     243  
    Amortization of other intangible assets   52     51     56  
    Other   1,486     1,500     1,556  
    Total non-interest expense   19,099     19,361     19,001  
    Income before income taxes   3,317     5,357     1,415  
    Income tax expense   814     1,172     339  
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 2,503   $ 4,185   $ 1,076  
    Earnings per common share:          
    Basic $ 0.26   $ 0.43   $ 0.11  
    Diluted   0.26     0.43     0.11  
    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)
               
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024  
    Assets          
    Cash and cash equivalents:          
    Cash and due from banks $ 12,353     $ 15,924     $ 6,374  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions   219,961       255,658       239,425  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   232,314       271,582       245,799  
               
    Held-to-maturity debt securities (fair value of $93,979, $67,479 and $71,067, respectively), net of allowance for credit losses of $71   99,825       73,775       78,927  
    Correspondent bank stock, at cost   11,254       5,968       10,804  
    Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value   24,151       10,557       26,856  
    Loans (includes $5,099, $6,112, and $10,190 measured at fair value, respectively)   2,540,096       2,425,367       2,456,063  
    Allowance for credit losses   (18,994 )     (17,956 )     (27,319 )
    Loans, net   2,521,102       2,407,411       2,428,744  
    Premises and equipment, net   24,488       24,554       24,657  
    Accrued interest receivable   10,783       10,623       11,339  
    Accounts receivable   4,435       4,505       5,118  
    Other receivables   4,915       4,608       4,875  
    Other real estate owned, net   4,385       4,385       11,421  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   31,524       31,576       31,741  
    Deferred tax assets, net   2,809       2,856       6,123  
    Company-owned life insurance   17,184       17,071       16,741  
    Other assets   37,628       36,829       34,410  
    Total assets $ 3,026,797     $ 2,906,300     $ 2,937,555  
               
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing $ 361,656     $ 409,696     $ 396,702  
    Interest-bearing   2,167,473       2,105,701       2,014,190  
    Total deposits   2,529,129       2,515,397       2,410,892  
    Borrowings:          
    Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve borrowings   163,416       51,612       191,505  
    Subordinated notes   44,673       44,621       52,451  
    Accrued interest payable   1,406       2,371       2,243  
    Other liabilities   29,326       35,744       33,589  
    Total liabilities   2,767,950       2,649,745       2,690,680  
               
    Shareholders’ Equity          
    Total shareholders’ equity   258,847       256,555       246,875  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 3,026,797     $ 2,906,300     $ 2,937,555  
                           
    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Summary (unaudited)
               
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024  
    Loan Portfolio          
    Cash, Securities, and Other $ 161,725     $ 101,078     $ 143,720  
    Consumer and Other   15,778       16,688       15,645  
    Construction and Development   255,870       291,133       309,146  
    1-4 Family Residential   1,012,662       971,179       904,569  
    Non-Owner Occupied CRE   655,954       636,820       609,790  
    Owner Occupied CRE   196,692       182,417       189,353  
    Commercial and Industrial   239,278       223,197       277,973  
    Total   2,537,959       2,422,512       2,450,196  
    Loans accounted for under the fair value option   5,235       6,280       10,494  
    Total loans held for investment   2,543,194       2,428,792       2,460,690  
    Deferred (fees) costs and unamortized premiums/(unaccreted discounts), net(1)   (3,098 )     (3,425 )     (4,627 )
    Loans (includes $5,099, $6,112, and $10,190 measured at fair value, respectively) $ 2,540,096     $ 2,425,367     $ 2,456,063  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   24,151       10,557       26,856  
               
    Deposit Portfolio          
    Money market deposit accounts $ 1,632,997     $ 1,566,737     $ 1,342,753  
    Time deposits   397,006       379,533       519,597  
    Interest checking accounts   123,967       144,980       135,759  
    Savings accounts   13,503       14,451       16,081  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   2,167,473       2,105,701       2,014,190  
    Noninterest-bearing accounts   361,656       409,696       396,702  
    Total deposits $ 2,529,129     $ 2,515,397     $ 2,410,892  

    ____________________
    (1) Includes fair value adjustments on loans held for investment accounted for under the fair value option.

    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Summary (unaudited) (continued)
     
      As of or for the Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024  
    Average Balance Sheets          
    Assets          
    Interest-earning assets:          
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions $ 121,950     $ 198,294     $ 141,600  
    Debt securities   85,739       75,592       75,461  
    Correspondent bank stock   7,199       5,806       4,801  
    Gross loans   2,443,758       2,407,482       2,443,937  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   18,803       13,593       20,254  
    Loans held at fair value   5,690       6,846       11,314  
    Total interest-earning assets   2,683,139       2,707,613       2,697,367  
    Noninterest-earning assets   126,397       145,479       119,247  
    Total assets $ 2,809,536     $ 2,853,092     $ 2,816,614  
               
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          
    Interest-bearing liabilities:          
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 2,047,570     $ 2,090,505     $ 2,001,691  
    FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowings   75,362       51,885       67,196  
    Subordinated notes   44,639       52,495       52,414  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   2,167,571       2,194,885       2,121,301  
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   352,391       363,922       412,741  
    Other liabilities   32,794       41,656       34,051  
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities   385,185       405,578       446,792  
    Total shareholders’ equity   256,780       252,629       248,521  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 2,809,536     $ 2,853,092     $ 2,816,614  
               
    Yields/Cost of funds (annualized)          
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions   4.46 %     4.54 %     5.27 %
    Debt securities   3.83       3.65       3.47  
    Correspondent bank stock   8.64       8.94       8.80  
    Loans   5.71       5.71       5.75  
    Loan held at fair value   5.99       6.58       5.97  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   6.61       5.46       6.83  
    Total interest-earning assets   5.61       5.57       5.67  
    Interest-bearing deposits   3.57       3.59       4.19  
    Total deposits   3.04       3.06       3.47  
    FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowings   4.14       3.92       4.14  
    Subordinated notes   5.66       5.70       5.66  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3.63       3.65       4.22  
    Net interest margin   2.67       2.61       2.35  
    Net interest rate spread   1.98       1.92       1.45  
    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Summary (unaudited) (continued)
       
      As of or for the Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2025       2025       2024  
    Asset Quality          
    Non-performing loans $ 14,394     $ 12,758     $ 37,909  
    Non-performing assets   18,779       17,143       49,330  
    Net charge-offs (recoveries)   657       566       (9 )
    Non-performing loans to total loans   0.57 %     0.53 %     1.54 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.62       0.59       1.68  
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans   131.96       140.74       72.06  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   0.75       0.74       1.11  
    Net charge-offs to average loans   0.03       0.02     *
               
    Assets Under Management $ 7,497,361     $ 7,176,624     $ 7,011,796  
               
    Market Data          
    Book value per share at period end $ 26.64     $ 26.44     $ 25.55  
    Tangible book value per common share(1)   23.39       23.18       22.27  
    Weighted average outstanding shares, basic   9,707,924       9,704,419       9,647,345  
    Weighted average outstanding shares, diluted   9,809,321       9,798,591       9,750,667  
    Shares outstanding at period end   9,717,922       9,704,320       9,660,549  
               
    Consolidated Capital          
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets   9.96 %     10.35 %     9.92 %
    CET1 to risk-weighted assets   9.96       10.35       9.92  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets   12.67       13.15       13.44  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets   8.31       8.12       7.91  
               
    Bank Capital          
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets   11.36 %     11.76 %     11.22 %
    CET1 to risk-weighted assets   11.36       11.76       11.22  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets   12.13       12.52       12.35  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets   9.49       9.24       8.95  

    ____________________
    (1) Represents a Non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our Non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    First Western Financial, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Summary (unaudited) (continued)

    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

      As of or for the Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2025       2025       2024  
    Tangible Common          
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 258,847     $ 256,555     $ 246,875  
    Less: goodwill and other intangibles, net   31,524       31,576       31,741  
    Tangible common equity $ 227,323     $ 224,979     $ 215,134  
               
    Common shares outstanding, end of period   9,717,922       9,704,320       9,660,549  
    Tangible common book value per share $ 23.39     $ 23.18     $ 22.27  
    Net income available to common shareholders   2,503       4,185       1,076  
    Return on tangible common equity (annualized)   4.40 %     7.44 %     2.00 %
               
    Efficiency          
    Non-interest expense $ 19,099     $ 19,361     $ 19,001  
    Less: OREO expenses and write-downs   53       (80 )     29  
    Adjusted non-interest expense $ 19,046     $ 19,441     $ 18,972  
               
    Total income before non-interest expense $ 22,416     $ 24,718     $ 20,416  
    Less: unrealized gain (loss) recognized on equity securities   3       11       (2 )
    Less: net gain (loss) on loans accounted for under the fair value option   26       6       (315 )
    Less: net gain on loans held for sale         222        
    Plus: provision for credit losses   1,773       80       2,334  
    Gross revenue $ 24,160     $ 24,559     $ 23,067  
    Efficiency ratio   78.83 %     79.16 %     82.25 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Main Street Financial Services Corp. Announces Earnings for Second Quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Business Highlights

    • Core net income (non-GAAP) for the second quarter of 2025 totaled $4.1 million, or $0.52 per common share
    • Deposit growth of $52.9 million, or 17.9% annualized, for the quarter ended June 30, 2025
    • Loan growth of $29.8 million, or 10.5% annualized, for the quarter ended June 30, 2025
    • Continued reduction of wholesale funding by $15 million during the second quarter of 2025. The wholesale funding balance decreased to $54 million, or 3.7% of assets, as of June 30, 2025.
    • Received regulatory approval to open retail branch office in St. Clairsville, Ohio, with an expected opening in Q3 2025
    • Declared cash dividend of $0.14 per share on July 11, 2025

    WOOSTER, Ohio, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Main Street Financial Services Corp. (OTCQX: MSWV), (the “Company”), the holding company parent of Main Street Bank Corp. reported a net income of $3.7 million, or $0.47 per common share, for the three months ended June 30, 2025. Core net income, which excludes nonrecurring items and represents the Company’s earnings from ongoing operations, was $4.1 million, or $0.52 per common share for the three months ended June 30, 2025. Core return on average equity and core return on average assets for the second quarter of 2025 were 14.94% and 1.14%, compared to 9.56% and 0.77%, for the second quarter of 2024.

    The Company announced a merger of equals transaction with Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. (“Legacy Wayne”) on February 23, 2023. On May 31, 2024 (the “Merger Date”), the Company completed the transaction, forming a financial holding company with assets of $1.4 billion. On the Merger Date, Legacy Wayne merged with and into Main Street, with Main Street surviving the merger (the “Merger”). Immediately following the Merger, Main Street’s wholly owned bank subsidiary, Main Street Bank Corp., merged with and into Wayne Savings Community Bank, with Wayne Savings Community Bank surviving the merger. Upon completion of the Merger, Wayne Savings Community Bank was renamed Main Street Bank Corp.

    The Merger was accounted for as a reverse merger using the acquisition method of accounting, therefore, Legacy Wayne was deemed the acquirer for financial reporting purposes, even though Main Street was the legal acquirer. Accordingly, Legacy Wayne’s historical financial statements are the historical financial statements of the combined company for all periods before the Merger Date. Our consolidated statements of income for the quarters ended June 30, 2024 and forward, include the results from Main Street on and after May 31, 2024. Results for periods before May 31, 2024, reflect only those of Legacy Wayne and do not include the consolidated statements of income of Main Street. Accordingly, comparisons of our results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, with those of prior periods may not be meaningful. The number of shares issued and outstanding, earnings per share, dividends paid and all references to share quantities of Main Street have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the equivalent number of shares issued in the Merger.

    Mark Witmer, Chairman, President and CEO commented “Our core earnings this quarter highlight the strength of our banking franchise and the continued confidence of our customers. We remain focused on relationship-driven banking, disciplined risk management, and delivering long-term value to our shareholders.”

    Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Net interest income was $12.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of 95% from $6.4 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The net interest margin of 3.68% for the second quarter of 2025 increased 99 basis points from 2.69% for the second quarter of 2024. Loan yields were 6.48% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of 70 basis points when compared to 5.78% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. During the second quarter of 2025, $51.6 million of the existing loan portfolio repriced and the bank funded $78.1 million in term loans and lines of credit at current market rates. Investment yields increased 176 basis points to 4.02% as of June 30, 2025, compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The cost of funds for the second quarter of 2025 was 2.53%, a decrease of 16 basis points when compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost of funds is impacted by the acquisition of new deposit accounts in the local market at rates lower than wholesale funding, such as FHLB advances. The cost of deposits was 2.37% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, a 13 basis point increase when compared to 2.24% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The cost of borrowings for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 totaled 4.84%, a decrease of 109 basis points when compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    A provision for credit losses and unfunded commitments of $374,000 was recorded for the quarter ended June 30, 2025. During the quarter, the Company recognized $148,000 in charge-offs and $114,000 in recoveries, reflecting relatively stable asset quality.

    Noninterest income totaled $0.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $190,000, or 26.5%, when compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase in noninterest income is primarily attributed to interchange fees and service charges generated from the acquired deposit accounts.

    Noninterest expense totaled $8.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $1.6 million when compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase reflects a full quarter of combined expenses after the merger. The Company incurred approximately $0.5 million in one-time termination expenses. These costs are nonrecurring in nature and are not indicative of ongoing operational trends. No further expenses related to this matter are anticipated.

    Provision for income taxes for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, was $1.0 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 21%.

    June 30, 2025 Financial Condition

    At June 30, 2025, the Company had total assets of $1.45 billion with net loan balances totaling $1.16 billion. Loan balances grew by $29.8 million, or 17.9% annualized, during the second quarter of 2025. The increase is primarily attributed to $33.6 million growth in the commercial loan portfolio.

    The allowance for credit losses was $12.4 million at June 30, 2025, compared to $11.8 million at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans was 1.06% for June 30, 2025 and 1.05% for December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses and the related provision for credit losses is based on management’s judgment and evaluation of the loan portfolio. Management believes the current allowance for credit losses is adequate, however, changing economic and other conditions may require future adjustments to the allowance for credit losses.

    Total nonperforming loans (NPLs) was $4.7 million at June 30, 2025, a decrease from $6.1 million at December 31, 2024. The NPL to net loan receivable ratio was 0.41% as of June 30, 2025. Past due loan balances of 30 days and more decreased from $13.8 million at December 31, 2024, to $5.9 million, or 0.51% of net loans outstanding, at June 30, 2025.

    Improvement in Asset Quality Since Merger Announcement: The combined level of classified loans for Legacy Wayne and Main Street was $24.4 million as of December 31, 2022. Since the merger announcement on February 23, 2023, the management teams of both Main Street and Wayne invested a great deal of time ensuring our combined organization utilizes strong underwriting standards and proactively monitors credit quality. Main Street sold approximately $15.2 million of loans in August 2023 and April 2024, of which approximately $12.7 million were classified loans. As of June 30, 2025, the resultant Company has $11.3 million of classified loans.

    Total liabilities was $1.33 billion at June 30, 2025 with deposits totaling $1.24 billion and wholesale funding totaling $54.0 million. Deposits grew by $52.9 million, or 17.9% annualized, during the second quarter of 2025, mainly attributed to growth from Maximize Money Market accounts and the Short-Term Relationship Certificates of Deposits. The Company primarily utilizes FHLB advances as the primary source of wholesale funding due to their accessibility and alignment with prevailing market rates. During the second quarter of 2025, the Company reduced the reliance on FHLB advances by $10 million.

    Total stockholders’ equity was $116.6 million at June 30, 2025, an increase of $5.9 million when compared to the December 31, 2024 balance. Total stockholders’ equity increased during the second quarter of 2025 primarily from net income of $3.7 million, partially offset by dividends of $1.1 million and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income of $1.0 million.

    Main Street Financial Services Corp. is a holding company headquartered in Wooster, Ohio. Its primary subsidiary, Main Street Bank Corp. was founded in 1899 and provides full-service banking, commercial lending, and mortgage services across its branch infrastructure. Today, Main Street Bank Corp. operates 19 branch locations in Wooster, Ohio, Wheeling, West Virginia and other surrounding communities in Ohio and West Virginia. Additional information about Main Street Bank Corp. is available at www.mymainstreetbank.bank.

    Non-GAAP Disclosure
    This press release includes disclosures of the Company’s return on average equity, return on average assets, net income, and efficiency ratios which exclude amounts the Company views as unrelated to its normalized operations, including securities gains/losses, acquisition costs, restructuring costs, legal settlements, and system conversion costs. The financial measures are not prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). A non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flow that excludes or includes amounts that are required to be disclosed by GAAP. The Company believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide both management and investors a more complete understanding of the underlying operational results and trends and the Company’s marketplace performance. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the numbers prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Forward-LookingStatements
    This release contains forward-looking statements that are not historical facts and that are intended to be “forward-looking statements” as that term is defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements about the Company’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements contained in this release that are not historical facts and pertain to the Company’s future operating results. When used in this release, the words “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in these forward-looking statements, because such statements are inherently subject to significant assumptions, risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and are generally beyond the Company’s control. These include but are not limited to: the possibility of adverse economic developments that may, among other things, increase default and delinquency risks in the Company’s loan portfolios; shifts in interest rates; shifts in the rate of inflation; shifts in the demand for the Company’s loan and other products; unforeseen increases in costs and expenses; lower-than-expected revenue or cost savings in connection with acquisitions; changes in accounting policies; changes in the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; and changes in laws, regulations and the competitive environment. Unless legally required, the Company disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Contact Information:
    Matthew Hartzler
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
    (330) 264-5767

       
    MAIN STREET FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP.  
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets  
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data – unaudited)  
      June 30, 2025   December 31, 2024  
    ASSETS        
             
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 52,381   $ 54,422  
    Securities, net (1) 158,189   163,819  
    Loans held for sale 168    
    Loans receivable, net 1,161,450   1,113,900  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock 4,567   5,924  
    Premises & equipment, net 7,884   8,013  
    Bank-owned life insurance 22,036   22,155  
    Other assets 42,096   41,368  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 1,448,771   $ 1,409,601  
             
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
             
    Deposit accounts $ 1,237,600   $ 1,156,327  
    Other borrowings 28,238   28,399  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances 54,000   100,000  
    Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 12,371   14,239  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES 1,332,209   1,298,965  
             
             
    Common stock (7,829,127 shares of $1.00 par value issued) 7,829   7,801  
    Additional paid-in capital 56,656   56,387  
    Retained earnings 62,479   57,356  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss (10,402)   (10,908)  
    TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 116,562   110,636  
             
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 1,448,771   $ 1,409,601  
             
    (1) Includes available-for-sale and held-to-maturity classifications.  
    Note: The December 31, 2024 Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet has been derived from the audited Consolidated Balance Sheet as of that date.  
             
     
    MAIN STREET FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data – unaudited)
                   
                   
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
      June 30,   June 30,
        2025     2024       2025     2024  
                   
    Interest income $ 20,698   $ 12,572     $ 40,096   $ 22,266  
    Interest expense   8,241     6,185       16,114     10,826  
    Net interest income   12,457     6,387       23,982     11,440  
    Provision for credit losses   374     4,720       619     4,595  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   12,083     1,666       23,363     6,845  
    Non-interest income   906     716       1,725     1,394  
    Non-interest expense              
    Salaries and employee benefits   4,361     2,889       8,077     4,889  
    Net occupancy and equipment expense   1,405     823       2,880     1,505  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   207     179       378     322  
    Franchise taxes   105     180       210     307  
    Advertising and marketing   190     150       360     218  
    Legal   164     180       247     313  
    Professional fees   365     1,163       724     1,293  
    ATM network   132     266       212     395  
    Auditing and accounting   132     121       308     193  
    Other   1,247     772       2,426     1,222  
    Total non-interest expense   8,308     6,723       15,822     10,657  
    Income (loss) before federal income taxes   4,681     (4,341 )     9,266     (2,418 )
    Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes   1,002     (873 )     1,958     (489 )
    Net income (loss) $ 3,679   $ (3,468 )   $ 7,308   $ (1,929 )
                   
    Earnings (net loss) per share              
    Basic $ 0.47   $ (0.68 )   $ 0.94   $ (0.28 )
    Diluted $ 0.47   $ (0.67 )   $ 0.93   $ (0.27 )
                   
     
    MAIN STREET FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP.
    Selected Condensed Consolidated Financial Data
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data – unaudited)
                     
        Three Months Ended
        June   March   December   September
          2025       2025       2024       2024  
                     
    Interest and dividend income   $ 20,699     $ 19,397     $ 19,138     $ 18,930  
    Interest expense     8,241       7,872       8,531       8,308  
    Net interest income     12,457       11,525       10,607       10,622  
    Provision for credit losses     374       245       79       109  
    Net interest income after                
    provision for credit losses     12,083       11,280       10,528       10,513  
    Non-interest income     906       819       1,165       1,600  
    Non-interest expense     8,308       7,514       7,950       7,863  
    Income before federal income taxes     4,681       4,585       3,744       4,251  
    Provision for federal income taxes     1,002       956       558       804  
    Net income   $ 3,679     $ 3,629     $ 3,186     $ 3,446  
                     
    Earnings per share – basic   $ 0.47     $ 0.47     $ 0.41     $ 0.44  
    Earnings per share – diluted   $ 0.47     $ 0.47     $ 0.41     $ 0.44  
    Dividends per share   $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14  
    Return on average assets     1.03 %     1.03 %     0.90 %     1.00 %
    Return on average equity     13.42 %     13.27 %     11.69 %     12.58 %
    Shares outstanding at quarter end     7,829,137       7,801,011       7,801,011       7,801,011  
    Book value per share   $ 14.89     $ 14.73     $ 14.18     $ 14.27  
    Tangible equity per share   $ 12.97     $ 12.73     $ 12.13     $ 12.15  
    Return on common tangible equity     14.49 %     14.62 %     13.46 %     14.54 %
                     
        Three Months Ended
        June   March   December   September
          2024       2024       2023       2023  
                     
    Interest and dividend income   $ 12,572     $ 9,694     $ 9,545     $ 9,078  
    Interest expense     6,185       4,641       4,330       3,673  
    Net interest income     6,387       5,053       5,215       5,405  
    Provision (benefit) for credit losses     4,720       (126 )     4       138  
    Net interest income after                
    provision for credit losses     1,666       5,179       5,211       5,267  
    Non-interest income     716       678       1,017       691  
    Non-interest expense     6,723       3,934       3,748       3,733  
    Income (loss) before federal income taxes     (4,341 )     1,923       2,480       2,225  
    Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes     (873 )     384       443       452  
    Net income (loss)   $ (3,468 )   $ 1,539     $ 2,037     $ 1,773  
                     
    Earnings (loss) per share – basic   $ (0.68 )   $ 0.40     $ 0.53     $ 0.46  
    Earnings (loss) per share – diluted   $ (0.67 )   $ 0.40     $ 0.53     $ 0.46  
    Dividends per share   $ 0.13     $ 0.13     $ 0.13     $ 0.13  
    Return on average assets     (1.38 %)     0.76 %     1.02 %     0.91 %
    Return on average equity     (17.16 %)     11.63 %     16.90 %     14.41 %
    Shares outstanding at quarter end     7,787,055       3,840,575       3,839,702       3,837,609  
    Book value per share   $ 13.60     $ 13.81     $ 13.80     $ 12.40  
    Tangible equity per share   $ 11.49     $ 13.36     $ 13.35     $ 11.95  
    Return on common tangible equity     (15.51 %)     12.00 %     15.90 %     15.46 %
                     
     
    MAIN STREET FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP.
    Non-GAAP reconciliation
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data – unaudited)
         
      For three months ended   For the six months ended
      June,   June,
          2025       2024       2025       2024  
                   
    Net Income as reported – GAAP   $ 3,679     $ (3,468 )   $ 7,308     $ (1,929 )
    Effect of merger related expenses (net of tax benefit)           5,399             5,573  
    Effect of termination expenses (net of tax benefit)     416             416        
    Net Income non-GAAP   $ 4,095     $ 1,931     $ 7,724     $ 3,645  
                     
    Earnings per share – GAAP   $ 0.47     $ (0.68 )   $ 0.94     $ (0.43 )
    Effect of merger related expenses           1.05             1.24  
    Effect of termination expenses     0.05             0.05        
    Earnings per share non-GAAP   $ 0.52     $ 0.38     $ 0.99     $ 0.81  
                     
    Return on average assets – GAAP     1.03 %     -1.38 %     1.03 %     -0.43 %
    Effect of merger related expenses           2.15 %           1.24 %
    Effect of termination expenses     0.12 %           0.06 %      
    Return on average assets non-GAAP     1.14 %     0.77 %     1.09 %     0.81 %
                     
    Return on average equity – GAAP     13.42 %     -17.16 %     13.34 %     -6.24 %
    Effect of merger related expenses           26.72 %           18.02 %
    Effect of termination expenses     1.52 %           0.76 %      
    Return on average equity non-GAAP     14.94 %     9.56 %     14.10 %     11.78 %
                     
    Efficiency Ratio – GAAP     62.17 %     94.65 %     61.55 %     83.04 %
    Effect of merger related expenses           -29.42 %           -18.00 %
    Effect of termination expenses     -3.11 %           -1.62 %      
    Efficiency Ratio non-GAAP     59.06 %     65.23 %     59.93 %     65.04 %
                     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-Evening Report: AI will soon be able to audit all published research – what will that mean for public trust in science?

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Alexander Kaurov, PhD Candidate in Science and Society, Te Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington

    Jamillah Knowles & Digit/Better Images of AI, CC BY-SA

    Self-correction is fundamental to science. One of its most important forms is peer review, when anonymous experts scrutinise research before it is published. This helps safeguard the accuracy of the written record.

    Yet problems slip through. A range of grassroots and institutional initiatives work to identify problematic papers, strengthen the peer-review process, and clean up the scientific record through retractions or journal closures. But these efforts are imperfect and resource intensive.

    Soon, artificial intelligence (AI) will be able to supercharge these efforts. What might that mean for public trust in science?

    Peer review isn’t catching everything

    In recent decades, the digital age and disciplinary diversification have sparked an explosion in the number of scientific papers being published, the number of journals in existence, and the influence of for-profit publishing.

    This has opened the doors for exploitation. Opportunistic “paper mills” sell quick publication with minimal review to academics desperate for credentials, while publishers generate substantial profits through huge article-processing fees.

    Corporations have also seized the opportunity to fund low-quality research and ghostwrite papers intended to distort the weight of evidence, influence public policy and alter public opinion in favour of their products.

    These ongoing challenges highlight the insufficiency of peer review as the primary guardian of scientific reliability. In response, efforts have sprung up to bolster the integrity of the scientific enterprise.

    Retraction Watch actively tracks withdrawn papers and other academic misconduct. Academic sleuths and initiatives such as Data Collada identify manipulated data and figures.

    Investigative journalists expose corporate influence. A new field of meta-science (science of science) attempts to measure the processes of science and to uncover biases and flaws.

    Not all bad science has a major impact, but some certainly does. It doesn’t just stay within academia; it often seeps into public understanding and policy.

    In a recent investigation, we examined a widely-cited safety review of the herbicide glyphosate, which appeared to be independent and comprehensive. In reality, documents produced during legal proceedings against Monsanto revealed that the paper had been ghostwritten by Monsanto employees and published in a journal with ties to the tobacco industry.

    Even after this was exposed, the paper continued to shape citations, policy documents and Wikipedia pages worldwide.

    When problems like this are uncovered, they can make their way into public conversations, where they are not necessarily perceived as triumphant acts of self-correction. Rather, they may be taken as proof that something is rotten in the state of science. This “science is broken” narrative undermines public trust.

    Scientists know that a lot of scientific work is inconsequential, but the public may interpret this differently.
    Jamillah Knowles & We and AI, CC BY-SA

    AI is already helping police the literature

    Until recently, technological assistance in self-correction was mostly limited to plagiarism detectors. But things are changing. Machine-learning services such as ImageTwin and Proofig now scan millions of figures for signs of duplication, manipulation and AI generation.

    Natural language processing tools flag “tortured phrases” – the telltale word salads of paper mills. Bibliometric dashboards such as one by Semantic Scholar trace whether papers are cited in support or contradiction.

    AI – especially agentic, reasoning-capable models increasingly proficient in mathematics and logic – will soon uncover more subtle flaws.

    For example, the Black Spatula Project explores the ability of the latest AI models to check published mathematical proofs at scale, automatically identifying algebraic inconsistencies that eluded human reviewers. Our own work mentioned above also substantially relies on large language models to process large volumes of text.

    Given full-text access and sufficient computing power, these systems could soon enable a global audit of the scholarly record. A comprehensive audit will likely find some outright fraud and a much larger mass of routine, journeyman work with garden-variety errors.

    We do not know yet how prevalent fraud is, but what we do know is that an awful lot of scientific work is inconsequential. Scientists know this; it’s much discussed that a good deal of published work is never or very rarely cited.

    To outsiders, this revelation may be as jarring as uncovering fraud, because it collides with the image of dramatic, heroic scientific discovery that populates university press releases and trade press treatments.

    What might give this audit added weight is its AI author, which may be seen as (and may in fact be) impartial and competent, and therefore reliable.

    As a result, these findings will be vulnerable to exploitation in disinformation campaigns, particularly since AI is already being used to that end.

    Reframing the scientific ideal

    Safeguarding public trust requires redefining the scientist’s role in more transparent, realistic terms. Much of today’s research is incremental, career‑sustaining work rooted in education, mentorship and public engagement.

    If we are to be honest with ourselves and with the public, we must abandon the incentives that pressure universities and scientific publishers, as well as scientists themselves, to exaggerate the significance of their work. Truly ground-breaking work is rare. But that does not render the rest of scientific work useless.

    A more humble and honest portrayal of the scientist as a contributor to a collective, evolving understanding will be more robust to AI-driven scrutiny than the myth of science as a parade of individual breakthroughs.

    A sweeping, cross-disciplinary audit is on the horizon. It could come from a government watchdog, a think tank, an anti-science group or a corporation seeking to undermine public trust in science.

    Scientists can already anticipate what it will reveal. If the scientific community prepares for the findings – or better still, takes the lead – the audit could inspire a disciplined renewal. But if we delay, the cracks it uncovers may be misinterpreted as fractures in the scientific enterprise itself.

    Science has never derived its strength from infallibility. Its credibility lies in the willingness to correct and repair. We must now demonstrate that willingness publicly, before trust is broken.

    Naomi Oreskes has received funding from various academic and philanthropic organisations. Currently, her research is partly funded by the Rockefeller Family Fund and the Maine Community Fund. She also receives royalties from her publications and honoraria for speaking events.

    Alexander Kaurov does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. AI will soon be able to audit all published research – what will that mean for public trust in science? – https://theconversation.com/ai-will-soon-be-able-to-audit-all-published-research-what-will-that-mean-for-public-trust-in-science-261363

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI: XAI Madison Equity Premium Income Fund Will Host its Q2 2025 Quarterly Webinar on August 7, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CHICAGO, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — XAI Madison Equity Premium Income Fund (NYSE: MCN) (the “Fund”) today announced that it plans to host the Fund’s Quarterly Webinar on August 7, 2025 at 11:00 am (Eastern Time). Jared Hagen, Vice President at XA Investments (“XAI”) will moderate the Q&A style webinar with Kimberly Flynn, President at XAI, and Ray Di Bernardo, Portfolio Manager at Madison Investments.

    TO JOIN VIA WEB: Please go to the Knowledge Bank section of xainvestments.com or click here to find the online registration link.

    TO USE YOUR TELEPHONE: After joining via web, if you prefer to use your phone for audio, you must select that option and call in using a number below, based on your current location.

    Dial: (312)-626-6799 or (646)-558-8656 or (267)-831-0333 or (720)-928-9299 or (213)-338-8477
    Webinar ID: 818 2684 2773

    REPLAY: A replay of the webinar will be available in the Knowledge Bank section of xainvestments.com.

    The Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide a high level of current income and gains, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. The Fund pursues its investment objectives by investing in a portfolio consisting primarily of high quality, large and mid-capitalization stocks that are, in the view of the Fund’s Investment sub-adviser, selling at a reasonable price in relation to their long-term earnings growth rates. The Fund will, on an ongoing and consistent basis, sell covered call options on its portfolio stocks to seek to generate current earnings from option premiums. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. The Fund’s common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol MCN.

    About XA Investments

    XA Investments LLC (“XAI”) is a Chicago-based firm founded by XMS Capital Partners in 2016. XAI serves as the investment adviser for two listed closed-end funds and an interval closed-end fund, respectively the XAI Octagon Floating Rate & Alternative Income Trust, the XAI Madison Equity Premium Income Fund, and the Octagon XAI CLO Income Fund. In addition to investment advisory services, the firm also provides investment fund structuring and consulting services focused on registered closed-end funds to meet institutional client needs. XAI offers custom product build and consulting services, including product development and market research, marketing and fund management. XAI believes that the investing public can benefit from new vehicles to access a broad range of alternative investment strategies and managers. For more information, please visit www.xainvestments.com.

    About XMS Capital Partners

    XMS Capital Partners, LLC, established in 2006, is a global, independent, financial services firm providing M&A, corporate advisory and asset management services to clients. It has offices in Chicago, Boston and London. For more information, please visit www.xmscapital.com.

    About Madison Investments

    Madison Investments (Madison) is an independent investment management firm based in Madison, Wisconsin. The firm was founded in 1974, has approximately $28 billion in assets under management as of March 31, 2025, and is recognized as one of the nation’s top investment firms. The firm has managed covered call strategies for over 20 years through various market cycles. Madison offers domestic fixed income, U.S. and international equity, covered call, multi-asset, insurance, and credit union investment management strategies. For more information, please visit www.madisonfunds.com.

    XAI does not provide tax advice; please consult a professional tax advisor regarding your specific tax situation. Income may be subject to state and local taxes, as well as the federal alternative minimum tax.

    Investors should consider the investment objectives and policies, risk considerations, charges and expenses of the Trust carefully before investing. For more information on the Trust, please visit the Trust’s webpage at www.xainvestments.com.

    This press release shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation to buy, nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the laws of such state or jurisdiction.

             
    NOT FDIC INSURED        NO BANK GUARANTEE    MAY LOSE VALUE
             
        Paralel Distributors, LLC – Distributor    
             

    Media Contact:

    Kimberly Flynn, President
    XA Investments LLC
    Phone: 312-374-6931
    Email: kflynn@xainvestments.com
    www.xainvestments.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: MidWestOne Financial Group, Inc. Reports Financial Results for the Second Quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    IOWA CITY, Iowa, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MidWestOne Financial Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: MOFG) (“we,” “our,” or the “Company”) today reported results for the second quarter of 2025.

    Second Quarter 2025 Summary1

    • Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue increased 15% to $24.5 million2.
      • Net interest margin (tax equivalent) was 3.57%2; core net interest margin expanded 13 basis points (“bps”) to 3.49%.2
      • Noninterest income was $10.2 million.
      • Noninterest expense was $35.8 million.
      • Efficiency ratio improved to 56.20%2 from 59.38%2.
    • Net income of $10.0 million, or $0.48 per diluted common share, reflected credit loss expense of $11.9 million stemming primarily from a single commercial real estate (“CRE”) office credit.
    • Criticized loans ratio improved 32 bps to 5.15%.
    • Allowance for credit losses ratio increased to 1.50%, due primarily to the single CRE office credit.
    • Annualized loan growth of 7.4%.
    • Tangible book value per share of $23.92,2 an increase of 2.4%.
    • Common equity tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio improved 5 bps to 11.02%.
    • Provided notice of redemption for all $65.0 million aggregate principal of the Company’s 5.75% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes due 2030 set to reprice on July 30th.

    CEO Commentary

    Charles (Chip) Reeves, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, commented, “Due to the expertise of our MidWestOne team, we continued to execute well on our 2025 strategic initiatives. Strong loan growth and back book loan re-pricing led to tax equivalent net interest margin expansion of 13 basis points, to 3.57%2, and to 5% linked quarter net interest income growth. Investments in our relationship fee income businesses continue to bear fruit with wealth management, Small Business Administration (“SBA”), and residential mortgage revenues up quarter over quarter.

    We maintained our expense discipline even as we added significant customer facing talent in Denver and the Twin Cities, as well as invested in our platforms to drive internal efficiencies and improve the customer experience.

    Earnings and certain asset quality measures were unfavorably impacted by a single $24 million suburban Twin Cities CRE office credit. The loan was originated in June 2022 and previously classified, but moved to nonaccrual in the second quarter. A receiver is in place, resolution efforts have begun, and a specific reserve was established, which led to an increase in our allowance for credit losses ratio to 1.50%.

    Our balance sheet, capital, and underlying earnings strength position us well for the second half of 2025 as we continue to make significant progress in building a high-performing, relationship-driven community bank.”

    __________________
    1Second Quarter Summary compares to the first quarter of 2025 (the “linked quarter”) unless noted.
    2Non-GAAP measure. See the separate Non-GAAP Measures section for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts and as noted)   As of or for the quarter ended   Six Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
        2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Financial Results                    
    Revenue   $ 60,231     $ 57,575     $ 57,901     $ 117,806     $ 102,382  
    Credit loss expense     11,889       1,687       1,267       13,576       5,956  
    Noninterest expense     35,767       36,293       35,761       72,060       71,326  
    Net income     9,980       15,138       15,819       25,118       19,088  
    Pre-tax pre-provision net revenue(3)     24,464       21,282       22,140       45,746       31,056  
    Adjusted earnings(3)     10,176       15,301       8,132       25,479       12,621  
    Per Common Share                    
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.48     $ 0.73     $ 1.00     $ 1.20     $ 1.21  
    Adjusted earnings per share(3)     0.49       0.73       0.52       1.22       0.80  
    Book value     28.36       27.85       34.44       28.36       34.44  
    Tangible book value(3)     23.92       23.36       28.27       23.92       28.27  
    Balance Sheet & Credit Quality                    
    Loans In millions   $ 4,381.2     $ 4,304.2     $ 4,287.2     $ 4,381.2     $ 4,287.2  
    Investment securities In millions     1,235.0       1,305.5       1,824.1       1,235.0       1,824.1  
    Deposits In millions     5,388.1       5,489.1       5,412.4       5,388.1       5,412.4  
    Net loan charge-offs In millions     0.2       3.1       0.5       3.3       0.7  
    Allowance for credit losses ratio     1.50 %     1.25 %     1.26 %     1.50 %     1.26 %
    Selected Ratios                    
    Return on average assets     0.65 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     0.82 %     0.58 %
    Net interest margin, tax equivalent(3)     3.57 %     3.44 %     2.41 %     3.51 %     2.37 %
    Return on average equity     6.81 %     10.74 %     11.91 %     8.74 %     7.23 %
    Return on average tangible equity(3)     8.84 %     13.75 %     15.74 %     11.24 %     9.98 %
    Efficiency ratio(3)     56.20 %     59.38 %     56.29 %     57.75 %     62.83 %


    REVENUE REVIEW

    Revenue               Change   Change
                  2Q25 vs   2Q25 vs
    (Dollars in thousands)   2Q25   1Q25   2Q24   1Q25   2Q24
    Net interest income   $ 49,982   $ 47,439   $ 36,347   5 %   38 %
    Noninterest income     10,249     10,136     21,554   1 %   (52)%
    Total revenue, net of interest expense   $ 60,231   $ 57,575   $ 57,901   5 %   4 %

    Total revenue for the second quarter of 2025 increased $2.7 million from the first quarter of 2025 due to higher net interest income and noninterest income during the quarter. When compared to the second quarter of 2024, total revenue increased $2.3 million due to higher net interest income partially offset by lower noninterest income.

    Net interest income of $50.0 million for the second quarter of 2025 increased $2.5 million from the first quarter of 2025 due to higher earning asset volumes and yields and lower funding costs, partially offset by higher funding volumes. When compared to the second quarter of 2024, net interest income increased $13.6 million due to higher earning asset yields and lower funding volumes and costs, partially offset by lower earning asset volumes.

    The Company’s tax equivalent net interest margin was 3.57%3 in the second quarter of 2025, compared to 3.44%3 in the first quarter of 2025, driven by higher earning asset yields and lower interest bearing liability costs. Total earning asset yield increased 12 bps from the first quarter of 2025, primarily due to an increase of 10 bps in loan yield. Interest bearing liability costs during the second quarter of 2025 decreased 2 bps to 2.39%, primarily due to reductions in long-term debt costs and interest bearing deposits of 13 bps and 2 bps, to 6.28% and 2.29%, respectively, from the first quarter of 2025.

    The Company’s tax equivalent net interest margin was 3.57%3 in the second quarter of 2025, compared to 2.41%3 in the second quarter of 2024, driven by higher earning asset yields and lower interest bearing liability costs. Total earning assets yield increased 75 bps from the second quarter of 2024, primarily due to increases of 189 bps and 12 bps in total investment securities and loan yields, respectively. Interest bearing liability costs decreased 46 bps to 2.39%, due to long-term debt costs of 6.28% and interest bearing deposit costs of 2.29%, which decreased 67 bps, and 25 bps, respectively, from the second quarter of 2024.

    __________________
    3Non-GAAP measure. See the separate Non-GAAP Measures section for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    Noninterest Income             Change   Change
                2Q25 vs   2Q25 vs
    (Dollars in thousands) 2Q25   1Q25   2Q24   1Q25   2Q24
    Investment services and trust activities $ 3,705     $ 3,544     $ 3,504   5 %   6 %
    Service charges and fees   2,190       2,131       2,156   3 %   2 %
    Card revenue   1,934       1,744       1,907   11 %   1 %
    Loan revenue   1,417       1,194       1,525   19 %   (7)%
    Bank-owned life insurance   677       1,057       668   (36)%   1 %
    Investment securities gains, net         33       33   (100)%   (100)%
    Other   326       433       11,761   (25)%   (97)%
    Total noninterest income $ 10,249     $ 10,136     $ 21,554   1 %   (52)%
                       
    MSR adjustment (included above in Loan revenue) $ (264 )   $ (213 )   $ 129   24 %   (305)%

    Noninterest income for the second quarter of 2025 increased $0.1 million from the linked quarter, primarily due to increases of $0.2 million each in loan revenue, card revenue, and investment services and trust activities revenue. The increase in loan revenue was due primarily to a $0.2 million increase in mortgage origination fee revenue, coupled with an increase of $0.2 million in SBA gain on sale revenue. The increase in card revenue was driven primarily by higher interchange fee income. The increase in investment services and trust activities revenue was driven by higher assets under administration. Partially offsetting these increases was a decline of $0.4 million in bank-owned life insurance revenue stemming from the death benefit recognized in the first quarter of 2025.

    Noninterest income for the second quarter of 2025 decreased $11.3 million from the second quarter of 2024 primarily due to the decline in other revenue stemming from the $11.1 million gain realized in connection with the sale of our Florida banking operations in the second quarter of 2024. Also contributing to the decline in noninterest income was a $0.4 million unfavorable change in the fair value of our mortgage servicing rights, which is included in loan revenue, and a decline of $0.4 million in swap origination fee income, which is recorded in other revenue. Partially offsetting these declines was an increase of $0.2 million in investment services and trust activities revenue, driven by higher assets under administration.

    EXPENSE REVIEW

    Noninterest Expense             Change   Change
                2Q25 vs   2Q25 vs
    (Dollars in thousands) 2Q25   1Q25   2Q24   1Q25   2Q24
    Compensation and employee benefits $ 21,011   $ 21,212   $ 20,985   (1)%   %
    Occupancy expense of premises, net   2,540     2,588     2,435   (2)%   4 %
    Equipment   2,550     2,426     2,530   5 %   1 %
    Legal and professional   2,153     2,226     2,253   (3)%   (4)%
    Data processing   1,486     1,698     1,645   (12)%   (10)%
    Marketing   762     552     636   38 %   20 %
    Amortization of intangibles   1,252     1,408     1,593   (11)%   (21)%
    FDIC insurance   851     917     1,051   (7)%   (19)%
    Communications   161     159     191   1 %   (16)%
    Foreclosed assets, net   83     74     138   12 %   (40)%
    Other   2,918     3,033     2,304   (4)%   27 %
    Total noninterest expense $ 35,767   $ 36,293   $ 35,761   (1)%   %
    Merger-related Expenses          
             
    (Dollars in thousands) 2Q25   1Q25   2Q24
    Compensation and employee benefits $   $   $ 73
    Equipment           28
    Legal and professional       40     462
    Data processing           251
    Communications           8
    Other           32
    Total merger-related expenses $   $ 40   $ 854

    Noninterest expense for the second quarter of 2025 decreased $0.5 million from the linked quarter, primarily due to decreases of $0.2 million each in data processing, compensation and employee benefits, and amortization of intangibles. The decrease in data processing was primarily driven by a decrease in core banking system costs. The decrease in compensation and employee benefits reflected the receipt of $1.1 million from Employee Retention Credit claims, which was partially offset by higher wage, equity compensation and employee benefits expense.

    Noninterest expense for the second quarter of 2025 compared to the prior year was stable at $35.8 million. The $0.6 million increase in other noninterest expense stemmed primarily from customer deposits costs. Further, excluding merger-related expenses, legal and professional costs increased $0.4 million due primarily to higher litigation-related legal expenses. Those increases were partially offset by lower intangible amortization and FDIC insurance costs, which decreased $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

    The Company’s effective tax rate was 20.6% in the second quarter of 2025, compared to 22.7% in the linked quarter. The effective income tax rate for the full year 2025 is expected to be 22-23%.

    BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

    Total assets were $6.16 billion at June 30, 2025, compared to $6.25 billion at March 31, 2025 and $6.58 billion at June 30, 2024. The decrease from March 31, 2025 was primarily due to lower cash and security volumes, partially offset by higher loan volumes. Compared to June 30, 2024, the decrease was primarily driven by lower security volumes, partially offset by higher loan volumes.

    Loans Held for Investment

    (Dollars in thousands)

    June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024  
    Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total  
    Commercial and industrial $ 1,226,265   28.0 % $ 1,140,138   26.5 % $ 1,120,983   26.1 %
    Agricultural   128,717   2.9     131,409   3.1     107,983   2.5  
    Commercial real estate                        
    Construction and development   280,918   6.4     293,280   6.8     351,646   8.2  
    Farmland   186,494   4.3     180,633   4.2     183,641   4.3  
    Multifamily   438,193   10.0     421,204   9.8     430,054   10.0  
    Other   1,407,469   32.1     1,425,062   33.0     1,348,515   31.5  
    Total commercial real estate   2,313,074   52.8     2,320,179   53.8     2,313,856   54.0  
    Residential real estate                        
    One-to-four family first liens   467,970   10.7     471,688   11.0     492,541   11.5  
    One-to-four family junior liens   188,671   4.3     182,346   4.2     176,105   4.1  
    Total residential real estate   656,641   15.0     654,034   15.2     668,646   15.6  
    Consumer   56,491   1.3     58,424   1.4     75,764   1.8  
    Loans held for investment, net of unearned income $ 4,381,188   100.0 % $ 4,304,184   100.0 % $ 4,287,232   100.0 %
                             
    Total commitments to extend credit $ 1,074,935       $ 1,080,300       $ 1,200,605      

    Loans held for investment, net of unearned income at June 30, 2025 were $4.38 billion, increasing $77.0 million, or 1.8%, from $4.30 billion at March 31, 2025 and increasing $94.0 million, or 2.2%, from $4.29 billion at June 30, 2024. The increases across both periods were primarily driven by organic loan growth and higher line of credit usage.

    Investment Securities(Dollars in thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024  
    Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total  
    Available for sale $ 1,235,045   100.0 % $ 1,305,530   100.0 % $ 771,034   42.3 %
    Held to maturity     %     %   1,053,080   57.7 %
    Total investment securities $ 1,235,045       $ 1,305,530       $ 1,824,114      

    Investment securities at June 30, 2025 were $1.24 billion, decreasing $70.5 million from March 31, 2025 and decreasing $589.1 million from June 30, 2024. The decrease from the first quarter of 2025 was primarily due to principal cash flows received from scheduled payments, calls, and maturities. The decrease from the second quarter of 2024 stemmed primarily from the sale of debt securities in connection with a balance sheet repositioning, as well as principal cash flows received from scheduled payments, calls, and maturities.

    Deposits June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024  
    (Dollars in thousands) Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total  
    Noninterest bearing deposits $ 910,693   16.9 % $ 903,714   16.5 % $ 882,472   16.3 %
    Interest checking deposits   1,206,096   22.5     1,283,328   23.3     1,284,243   23.7  
    Money market deposits   971,048   18.0     1,002,066   18.3     1,043,376   19.3  
    Savings deposits   851,636   15.8     877,348   16.0     745,639   13.8  
    Time deposits of $250 and under   837,302   15.5     818,012   14.9     803,301   14.8  
    Total core deposits   4,776,775   88.7     4,884,468   89.0     4,759,031   87.9  
    Brokered time deposits   200,000   3.7     200,000   3.6     196,000   3.6  
    Time deposits over $250   411,323   7.6     404,674   7.4     457,388   8.5  
    Total deposits $ 5,388,098   100.0 % $ 5,489,142   100.0 % $ 5,412,419   100.0 %

    Total deposits at June 30, 2025 were $5.39 billion, decreasing $101.0 million, or 1.8%, from $5.49 billion at March 31, 2025, and decreasing $24.3 million, or 0.4%, from $5.41 billion at June 30, 2024. Noninterest bearing deposits at June 30, 2025 were $910.7 million, an increase of $7.0 million from March 31, 2025 and an increase of $28.2 million from June 30, 2024.

    Borrowed Funds June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024  
    (Dollars in thousands) Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total  
    Short-term borrowings $   % $ 1,482   1.3 % $ 414,684   78.3 %
    Long-term debt   112,320   100.0 %   111,398   98.7 %   114,839   21.7 %
    Total borrowed funds $ 112,320       $ 112,880       $ 529,523      

    Borrowed funds were $112.3 million at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $0.6 million from March 31, 2025 and a decrease of $417.2 million from June 30, 2024. The decrease compared to the linked quarter was due primarily to lower securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The decrease compared to June 30, 2024 was primarily due to the pay-off of $405.0 million of BTFP borrowings and scheduled payments on long-term debt.

    In June 2025, the Company provided notice to the trustee of its intent to redeem all $65.0 million aggregate principal of its 5.75% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes due 2030. To complete the redemption, the Company expects to utilize a combination of cash on hand and proceeds from a $50.0 million senior term note. The senior term note is expected to be structured as a 5-year maturity, 7-year amortization facility, and bear interest at a floating rate of 1-month term SOFR plus 1.75%. The financing pursuant to the senior note is expected to close on July 29, 2025, and the redemption is expected to occur on July 30, 2025.

    Capital June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands) 2025 (1)     2025       2024  
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 589,040     $ 579,625     $ 543,286  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (57,557 )     (63,098 )     (58,135 )
    MidWestOne Financial Group, Inc. Consolidated          
    Tier 1 leverage to average assets ratio   9.62 %     9.50 %     8.29 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio   11.02 %     10.97 %     9.56 %
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio   11.88 %     11.84 %     10.35 %
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio   14.44 %     14.34 %     12.62 %
    MidWestOne Bank          
    Tier 1 leverage to average assets ratio   10.43 %     10.42 %     9.24 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio   12.95 %     13.02 %     11.55 %
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio   12.95 %     13.02 %     11.55 %
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio   14.20 %     14.21 %     12.61 %
    (1) Regulatory capital ratios for June 30, 2025 are preliminary          

    Total shareholders’ equity at June 30, 2025 increased $9.4 million from March 31, 2025, driven primarily by a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss and an increase in retained earnings, partially offset by an increase in treasury stock. Total shareholders’ equity at June 30, 2025 increased $45.8 million from June 30, 2024, primarily due to increases in common stock and additional paid-in-capital stemming from the common equity capital raise in the third quarter of 2024, and partially offset by a decrease in retained earnings.

    On July 22, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.2425 per common share. The dividend is payable September 16, 2025, to shareholders of record at the close of business on September 2, 2025.

    The current share repurchase program allows for the repurchase of up to $15.0 million of the Company’s common shares. Under such program, the Company repurchased 63,402 shares of its common stock at an average price of $27.65 per share and a total cost of $1.8 million during the period March 31, 2025 through June 30, 2025. No shares were repurchased during the subsequent period through July 24, 2025. As of June 30, 2025, $13.2 million remained available under this program.

    CREDIT QUALITY REVIEW

    Credit Quality As of or For the Three Months Ended
    June 30,   March 31,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024  
    Credit loss expense related to loans $ 12,089     $ 1,787     $ 467  
    Net charge-offs   189       3,087       524  
    Allowance for credit losses   65,800       53,900       53,900  
    Pass $ 4,155,385     $ 4,068,707     $ 3,991,692  
    Special Mention   98,998       121,494       146,253  
    Classified   126,805       113,983       149,287  
    Criticized   225,803       235,477       295,540  
    Loans greater than 30 days past due and accruing $ 12,161     $ 6,119     $ 9,358  
    Nonperforming loans $ 37,192     $ 17,470     $ 25,128  
    Nonperforming assets   40,606       20,889       31,181  
    Net charge-off ratio(1)   0.02 %     0.29 %     0.05 %
    Classified loans ratio(2)   2.89 %     2.65 %     3.48 %
    Criticized loans ratio(3)   5.15 %     5.47 %     6.89 %
    Nonperforming loans ratio(4)   0.85 %     0.41 %     0.59 %
    Nonperforming assets ratio(5)   0.66 %     0.33 %     0.47 %
    Allowance for credit losses ratio(6)   1.50 %     1.25 %     1.26 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans ratio(7)   179.19 %     309.47 %     218.26 %
    (1) Net charge-off ratio is calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by the sum of average loans held for investment, net of unearned income and average loans held for sale, during the period.
    (2) Classified loans ratio is calculated as classified loans divided by loans held for investment, net of unearned income, at the end of the period.
    (3) Criticized loans ratio is calculated as criticized loans divided by loans held for investment, net of unearned income, at the end of the period.
    (4) Nonperforming loans ratio is calculated as nonperforming loans divided by loans held for investment, net of unearned income, at the end of the period.
    (5) Nonperforming assets ratio is calculated as nonperforming assets divided by total assets at the end of the period.
    (6) Allowance for credit losses ratio is calculated as allowance for credit losses divided by loans held for investment, net of unearned income, at the end of the period.
    (7) Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans ratio is calculated as allowance for credit losses divided by nonaccrual loans at the end of the period.

    Compared to the linked quarter, both nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets increased $19.7 million, primarily due to a single $24.0 million CRE office credit, partially offset by the sale of a $3.9 million CRE office credit. Special mention loan balances decreased $22.5 million, or 19%, while classified loan balances increased $12.8 million, or 11%. Compared to the prior year period, nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets increased $12.1 million and $9.4 million, respectively. Special mention loan balances decreased $47.3 million, or 32%, while classified loan balances decreased $22.5 million, or 15%. The net charge-off ratio declined 27 bps from the linked quarter and 3 bps from the same period in the prior year.

    As of June 30, 2025, the allowance for credit losses was $65.8 million and the allowance for credit losses ratio was 1.50%, compared with $53.9 million and 1.25%, respectively, at March 31, 2025. Credit loss expense of $11.9 million in the second quarter of 2025 primarily reflected the specific reserve established in connection with the single CRE office credit previously discussed.

    Nonperforming Loans Roll Forward
    (Dollars in thousands)
    Nonaccrual   90+ Days Past Due & Still Accruing   Total
    Balance at March 31, 2025 $ 17,417     $ 53     $ 17,470  
    Loans placed on nonaccrual or 90+ days past due & still accruing   25,279       569       25,848  
    Proceeds related to repayment or sale   (4,973 )           (4,973 )
    Loans returned to accrual status or no longer past due   (632 )           (632 )
    Charge-offs   (187 )     (151 )     (338 )
    Transfers to foreclosed assets   (183 )           (183 )
    Balance at June 30, 2025 $ 36,721     $ 471     $ 37,192  


    CONFERENCE CALL DETAILS

    The Company will host a conference call for investors at 11:00 a.m. CT on Friday, July 25, 2025. To participate, you may pre-register for this call utilizing the following link: https://www.netroadshow.com/events/login?show=a6070726&confId=80381. After pre-registering for this event you will receive your access details via email. On the day of the call, you are also able to dial 1-833-470-1428 using an access code of 293794 at least fifteen minutes before the call start time. If you are unable to participate on the call, a replay will be available until October 23, 2025 by calling 1-866-813-9403 and using the replay access code of 763204. A transcript of the call will also be available on the Company’s web site (www.midwestonefinancial.com) within three business days of the call.

    ABOUT MIDWESTONE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

    MidWestOne Financial Group, Inc. is a financial holding company headquartered in Iowa City, Iowa. MidWestOne is the parent company of MidWestOne Bank, which operates banking offices in Iowa, Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Colorado. MidWestOne provides electronic delivery of financial services through its website, MidWestOne.bank. MidWestOne Financial Group, Inc. trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MOFG”.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This release contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of such term in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We and our representatives may, from time to time, make written or oral statements that are “forward-looking” and provide information other than historical information. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to be materially different from any results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement. These factors include, among other things, the factors listed below. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of our management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “plans,” “goals,” “intend,” “project,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “may” or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Additionally, we undertake no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events, except as required under federal securities law.

    Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors that could have an impact on our ability to achieve operating results, growth plan goals and future prospects include, but are not limited to, the following: (1) the effects of changes in interest rates, including on our net income and the value of our securities portfolio; (2) fluctuations in the value of our investment securities; (3) effects on the U.S. economy resulting from the implementation of proposed policies and executive orders, including the imposition of tariffs, changes in immigration policy, changes to regulatory or other governmental agencies, DEI and ESG initiative trends, changes in consumer protection policies, changes in foreign policy and tax regulations; (4) volatility of rate-sensitive deposits; (5) asset/liability matching risks and liquidity risks; (6) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact the Company’s cost of funds; (7) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients, including those who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits; (8) credit quality deterioration, pronounced and sustained reduction in real estate market values, or other uncertainties, including the impact of inflationary pressures and future monetary policies of the Federal Reserve in response thereto on economic conditions and our business, resulting in an increase in the allowance for credit losses, an increase in the credit loss expense, and a reduction in net earnings; (9) the sufficiency of the allowance for credit losses to absorb the amount of expected losses inherent in our existing loan portfolio; (10) the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of allowances for credit losses and estimation of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities; (11) credit risks and risks from concentrations (by type of borrower, collateral, geographic area and by industry) within our loan portfolio; (12) changes in the economic environment, competition, or other factors that may affect our ability to acquire loans or influence the anticipated growth rate of loans and deposits and the quality of the loan portfolio and loan and deposit pricing; (13) governmental monetary and fiscal policies; (14) new or revised general economic, political, or industry conditions, nationally, internationally or in the communities in which we conduct business, including the risk of a recession; (15) the imposition of domestic or foreign tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the global supply chain and value of the agricultural or other products of our borrowers; (16) war or terrorist activities, including ongoing conflicts in the Middle East and the Russian invasion of Ukraine, widespread disease or pandemic, or other adverse external events, which may cause deterioration in the economy or cause instability in credit markets; (17) legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities, trade, and tax laws and regulations and their application by our regulators, and including changes in interpretation or prioritization of such laws and regulations; (18) changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies and the Financial Accounting Standards Board; (19) the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds, financial technology companies, and other financial institutions operating in our markets or elsewhere or providing similar services; (20) changes in the business and economic conditions generally and in the financial services industry, and the effects of recent developments and events in the financial services industry, including the large-scale deposit withdrawals over a short period of time that resulted in prior bank failures; (21) the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches, or failures of our or our third party vendors’ information security controls or cyber-security related incidents, including as a result of sophisticated attacks using artificial intelligence and similar tools or as a result of insider fraud; (22) the ability to attract and retain key executives and employees experienced in banking and financial services; (23) our ability to adapt successfully to technological changes implemented by us and other parties in the financial services industry, including third-party vendors, which may be more difficult to implement or more expensive than anticipated or which may have unforeseen consequence to us and our customers, including the development and implementation of tools incorporating artificial intelligence; (24) operational risks, including data processing system failures and fraud; (25) the costs, effects and outcomes of existing or future litigation or other legal proceedings and regulatory actions; (26) the risks of mergers or branch sales (including the sale of our Florida banking operations and the acquisition of Denver Bankshares, Inc.), including, without limitation, the related time and costs of implementing such transactions, integrating operations as part of these transactions and possible failures to achieve expected gains, revenue growth and/or expense savings from such transactions; (27) the economic impacts on the Company and its customers of climate change, natural disasters and exceptional weather occurrences, such as: tornadoes, floods and blizzards; and (28) other risk factors detailed from time to time in Securities and Exchange Commission filings made by the Company.


    MIDWEST
    ONE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
    FIVE QUARTER CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024       2024       2024  
    ASSETS                  
    Cash and due from banks $ 78,696     $ 68,545     $ 71,803     $ 72,173     $ 66,228  
    Interest earning deposits in banks   90,749       182,360       133,092       129,695       35,340  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   169,445       250,905       204,895       201,868       101,568  
    Debt securities available for sale at fair value   1,235,045       1,305,530       1,328,433       1,623,104       771,034  
    Held to maturity securities at amortized cost                           1,053,080  
    Total securities   1,235,045       1,305,530       1,328,433       1,623,104       1,824,114  
    Loans held for sale   16,812       13,836       749       3,283       2,850  
    Gross loans held for investment   4,391,426       4,315,546       4,328,413       4,344,559       4,304,619  
    Unearned income, net   (10,238 )     (11,362 )     (12,786 )     (15,803 )     (17,387 )
    Loans held for investment, net of unearned income   4,381,188       4,304,184       4,315,627       4,328,756       4,287,232  
    Allowance for credit losses   (65,800 )     (53,900 )     (55,200 )     (54,000 )     (53,900 )
    Total loans held for investment, net   4,315,388       4,250,284       4,260,427       4,274,756       4,233,332  
    Premises and equipment, net   89,910       90,031       90,851       90,750       91,793  
    Goodwill   69,788       69,788       69,788       69,788       69,388  
    Other intangible assets, net   22,359       23,611       25,019       26,469       27,939  
    Foreclosed assets, net   3,414       3,419       3,337       3,583       6,053  
    Other assets   238,612       246,990       252,830       258,881       224,621  
    Total assets $ 6,160,773     $ 6,254,394     $ 6,236,329     $ 6,552,482     $ 6,581,658  
    LIABILITIES                   
    Noninterest bearing deposits $ 910,693     $ 903,714     $ 951,423     $ 917,715     $ 882,472  
    Interest bearing deposits   4,477,405       4,585,428       4,526,559       4,451,012       4,529,947  
    Total deposits   5,388,098       5,489,142       5,477,982       5,368,727       5,412,419  
    Short-term borrowings         1,482       3,186       410,630       414,684  
    Long-term debt   112,320       111,398       113,376       115,051       114,839  
    Other liabilities   71,315       72,747       82,089       95,836       96,430  
    Total liabilities   5,571,733       5,674,769       5,676,633       5,990,244       6,038,372  
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                   
    Common stock   21,580       21,580       21,580       21,580       16,581  
    Additional paid-in capital   414,485       414,258       414,987       414,965       300,831  
    Retained earnings   232,718       227,790       217,776       206,490       306,030  
    Treasury stock   (22,186 )     (20,905 )     (21,885 )     (21,955 )     (22,021 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (57,557 )     (63,098 )     (72,762 )     (58,842 )     (58,135 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   589,040       579,625       559,696       562,238       543,286  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 6,160,773     $ 6,254,394     $ 6,236,329     $ 6,552,482     $ 6,581,658  


    MIDWEST
    ONE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
    FIVE QUARTER CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
      2025     2025     2024     2024       2024     2025     2024
    Interest income                          
    Loans, including fees $ 62,276   $ 59,462   $ 62,458   $ 62,521     $ 61,643   $ 121,738   $ 119,590
    Taxable investment securities   12,928     13,327     11,320     8,779       9,228     26,255     18,688
    Tax-exempt investment securities   699     703     728     1,611       1,663     1,402     3,373
    Other   1,517     1,247     3,761     785       242     2,764     660
    Total interest income   77,420     74,739     78,267     73,696       72,776     152,159     142,311
    Interest expense                          
    Deposits   25,665     25,484     27,324     29,117       28,942     51,149     56,668
    Short-term borrowings   19     25     115     5,043       5,409     44     10,384
    Long-term debt   1,754     1,791     1,890     2,015       2,078     3,545     4,181
    Total interest expense   27,438     27,300     29,329     36,175       36,429     54,738     71,233
    Net interest income   49,982     47,439     48,938     37,521       36,347     97,421     71,078
    Credit loss expense   11,889     1,687     1,291     1,535       1,267     13,576     5,956
    Net interest income after credit loss expense   38,093     45,752     47,647     35,986       35,080     83,845     65,122
    Noninterest income                          
    Investment services and trust activities   3,705     3,544     3,779     3,410       3,504     7,249     7,007
    Service charges and fees   2,190     2,131     2,159     2,170       2,156     4,321     4,300
    Card revenue   1,934     1,744     1,833     1,935       1,907     3,678     3,850
    Loan revenue   1,417     1,194     1,841     760       1,525     2,611     2,381
    Bank-owned life insurance   677     1,057     719     879       668     1,734     1,328
    Investment securities gains (losses), net       33     161     (140,182 )     33     33     69
    Other   326     433     345     640       11,761     759     12,369
    Total noninterest income (loss)   10,249     10,136     10,837     (130,388 )     21,554     20,385     31,304
    Noninterest expense                          
    Compensation and employee benefits   21,011     21,212     20,684     19,943       20,985     42,223     41,915
    Occupancy expense of premises, net   2,540     2,588     2,772     2,443       2,435     5,128     5,248
    Equipment   2,550     2,426     2,688     2,486       2,530     4,976     5,130
    Legal and professional   2,153     2,226     2,534     2,261       2,253     4,379     4,312
    Data processing   1,486     1,698     1,719     1,580       1,645     3,184     3,005
    Marketing   762     552     793     619       636     1,314     1,234
    Amortization of intangibles   1,252     1,408     1,449     1,470       1,593     2,660     3,230
    FDIC insurance   851     917     980     923       1,051     1,768     1,993
    Communications   161     159     154     159       191     320     387
    Foreclosed assets, net   83     74     56     330       138     157     496
    Other   2,918     3,033     3,543     3,584       2,304     5,951     4,376
    Total noninterest expense   35,767     36,293     37,372     35,798       35,761     72,060     71,326
    Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)   12,575     19,595     21,112     (130,200 )     20,873     32,170     25,100
    Income tax expense (benefit)   2,595     4,457     4,782     (34,493 )     5,054     7,052     6,012
    Net income (loss) $ 9,980   $ 15,138   $ 16,330   $ (95,707 )   $ 15,819   $ 25,118   $ 19,088
                               
    Earnings (loss) per common share                          
    Basic $ 0.48   $ 0.73   $ 0.79   $ (6.05 )   $ 1.00   $ 1.21   $ 1.21
    Diluted $ 0.48   $ 0.73   $ 0.78   $ (6.05 )   $ 1.00   $ 1.20   $ 1.21
    Weighted average basic common shares outstanding   20,816     20,797     20,776     15,829       15,763     20,807     15,743
    Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding   20,843     20,849     20,851     15,829       15,781     20,846     15,775
    Dividends paid per common share $ 0.2425   $ 0.2425   $ 0.2425   $ 0.2425     $ 0.2425   $ 0.4850   $ 0.4850


    MIDWEST
    ONE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
    FINANCIAL STATISTICS

      As of or for the Three Months Ended   As of or for the Six Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Earnings:                  
    Net interest income $ 49,982     $ 47,439     $ 36,347     $ 97,421     $ 71,078  
    Noninterest income   10,249       10,136       21,554       20,385       31,304  
    Total revenue, net of interest expense   60,231       57,575       57,901       117,806       102,382  
    Credit loss expense   11,889       1,687       1,267       13,576       5,956  
    Noninterest expense   35,767       36,293       35,761       72,060       71,326  
    Income before income tax expense   12,575       19,595       20,873       32,170       25,100  
    Income tax expense   2,595       4,457       5,054       7,052       6,012  
    Net income $ 9,980     $ 15,138     $ 15,819     $ 25,118     $ 19,088  
    Pre-tax pre-provision net revenue(1) $ 24,464     $ 21,282     $ 22,140     $ 45,746     $ 31,056  
    Adjusted earnings(1)   10,176       15,301       8,132       25,479       12,621  
    Per Share Data:                  
    Diluted earnings $ 0.48     $ 0.73     $ 1.00     $ 1.20     $ 1.21  
    Adjusted earnings(1)   0.49       0.73       0.52       1.22       0.80  
    Book value   28.36       27.85       34.44       28.36       34.44  
    Tangible book value(1)   23.92       23.36       28.27       23.92       28.27  
    Ending Balance Sheet:                  
    Total assets $ 6,160,773     $ 6,254,394     $ 6,581,658     $ 6,160,773     $ 6,581,658  
    Loans held for investment, net of unearned income   4,381,188       4,304,184       4,287,232       4,381,188       4,287,232  
    Total securities   1,235,045       1,305,530       1,824,114       1,235,045       1,824,114  
    Total deposits   5,388,098       5,489,142       5,412,419       5,388,098       5,412,419  
    Short-term borrowings         1,482       414,684             414,684  
    Long-term debt   112,320       111,398       114,839       112,320       114,839  
    Total shareholders’ equity   589,040       579,625       543,286       589,040       543,286  
    Average Balance Sheet:                  
    Average total assets $ 6,172,649     $ 6,168,546     $ 6,713,573     $ 6,170,609     $ 6,674,476  
    Average total loans   4,370,196       4,290,710       4,419,697       4,330,659       4,358,957  
    Average total deposits   5,398,916       5,398,819       5,514,924       5,398,868       5,498,020  
    Financial Ratios:                  
    Return on average assets   0.65 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     0.82 %     0.58 %
    Return on average equity   6.81 %     10.74 %     11.91 %     8.74 %     7.23 %
    Return on average tangible equity(1)   8.84 %     13.75 %     15.74 %     11.24 %     9.98 %
    Efficiency ratio(1)   56.20 %     59.38 %     56.29 %     57.75 %     62.83 %
    Net interest margin, tax equivalent(1)   3.57 %     3.44 %     2.41 %     3.51 %     2.37 %
    Loans to deposits ratio   81.31 %     78.41 %     79.21 %     81.31 %     79.21 %
    CET1 Ratio   11.02 %     10.97 %     9.56 %     11.02 %     9.56 %
    Common equity ratio   9.56 %     9.27 %     8.25 %     9.56 %     8.25 %
    Tangible common equity ratio(1)   8.19 %     7.89 %     6.88 %     8.19 %     6.88 %
    Credit Risk Profile:                  
    Total nonperforming loans $ 37,192     $ 17,470     $ 25,128     $ 37,192     $ 25,128  
    Nonperforming loans ratio   0.85 %     0.41 %     0.59 %     0.85 %     0.59 %
    Total nonperforming assets $ 40,606     $ 20,889     $ 31,181     $ 40,606     $ 31,181  
    Nonperforming assets ratio   0.66 %     0.33 %     0.47 %     0.66 %     0.47 %
    Net charge-offs $ 189     $ 3,087     $ 524     $ 3,276     $ 713  
    Net charge-off ratio   0.02 %     0.29 %     0.05 %     0.15 %     0.03 %
    Allowance for credit losses $ 65,800     $ 53,900     $ 53,900     $ 65,800     $ 53,900  
    Allowance for credit losses ratio   1.50 %     1.25 %     1.26 %     1.50 %     1.26 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual ratio   179.19 %     309.47 %     218.26 %     179.19 %     218.26 %
                       
    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See the Non-GAAP Measures section for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
     

    MIDWESTONE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND YIELD ANALYSIS

      Three Months Ended
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance
      Interest
    Income/
    Expense
      Average
    Yield/
    Cost
      Average
    Balance
      Interest
    Income/
    Expense
      Average
    Yield/
    Cost
      Average Balance   Interest
    Income/
    Expense
      Average
    Yield/
    Cost
    ASSETS                                  
    Loans, including fees (1)(2)(3) $ 4,370,196   $ 63,298   5.81 %   $ 4,290,710   $ 60,443   5.71 %   $ 4,419,697   $ 62,581   5.69 %
    Taxable investment securities   1,168,048     12,928   4.44 %     1,207,844     13,327   4.47 %     1,520,253     9,228   2.44 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities (2)(4)   102,792     859   3.35 %     105,563     865   3.32 %     322,092     2,040   2.55 %
    Total securities held for investment(2)   1,270,840     13,787   4.35 %     1,313,407     14,192   4.38 %     1,842,345     11,268   2.46 %
    Other   104,628     1,517   5.82 %     124,133     1,247   4.07 %     20,452     242   4.76 %
    Total interest earning assets(2) $ 5,745,664   $ 78,602   5.49 %   $ 5,728,250   $ 75,882   5.37 %   $ 6,282,494   $ 74,091   4.74 %
    Other assets   426,985             440,296             431,079        
    Total assets $ 6,172,649           $ 6,168,546           $ 6,713,573        
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                  
    Interest checking deposits $ 1,221,266   $ 2,101   0.69 %   $ 1,240,586   $ 2,127   0.70 %   $ 1,297,356   $ 3,145   0.97 %
    Money market deposits   986,029     6,057   2.46 %     1,002,743     6,333   2.56 %     1,072,688     7,821   2.93 %
    Savings deposits   843,223     3,161   1.50 %     835,731     3,057   1.48 %     738,773     2,673   1.46 %
    Time deposits   1,436,301     14,346   4.01 %     1,397,595     13,967   4.05 %     1,470,956     15,303   4.18 %
    Total interest bearing deposits   4,486,819     25,665   2.29 %     4,476,655     25,484   2.31 %     4,579,773     28,942   2.54 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   896     1   0.45 %     2,705     5   0.75 %     5,300     10   0.76 %
    Other short-term borrowings       18   %         20   %     442,546     5,399   4.91 %
    Total short-term borrowings   896     19   8.51 %     2,705     25   3.75 %     447,846     5,409   4.86 %
    Long-term debt   112,035     1,754   6.28 %     113,364     1,791   6.41 %     120,256     2,078   6.95 %
    Total borrowed funds   112,931     1,773   6.30 %     116,069     1,816   6.35 %     568,102     7,487   5.30 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities $ 4,599,750   $ 27,438   2.39 %   $ 4,592,724   $ 27,300   2.41 %   $ 5,147,875   $ 36,429   2.85 %
    Noninterest bearing deposits   912,097             922,164             935,151        
    Other liabilities   73,094             82,280             96,553        
    Shareholders’ equity   587,708             571,378             533,994        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 6,172,649           $ 6,168,546           $ 6,713,573        
    Net interest income(2)     $ 51,164           $ 48,582           $ 37,662    
    Net interest spread(2)         3.10 %           2.96 %           1.89 %
    Net interest margin(2)         3.57 %           3.44 %           2.41 %
                                       
    Total deposits(5) $ 5,398,916   $ 25,665   1.91 %   $ 5,398,819   $ 25,484   1.91 %   $ 5,514,924   $ 28,942   2.11 %
    Cost of funds(6)         2.00 %           2.01 %           2.41 %
                                             
    (1) Average balance includes nonaccrual loans.
    (2) Tax equivalent. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (3) Interest income includes net loan fees, loan purchase discount accretion and tax equivalent adjustments. Net loan fees were $272 thousand, $256 thousand, and $337 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. Loan purchase discount accretion was $1.1 million, $1.2 million, and $1.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. Tax equivalent adjustments were $1.0 million, $981 thousand, and $938 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (4) Interest income includes tax equivalent adjustments of $160 thousand, $162 thousand, and $377 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (5) Total deposits is the sum of total interest-bearing deposits and noninterest bearing deposits. The cost of total deposits is calculated as annualized interest expense on deposits divided by average total deposits.
    (6) Cost of funds is calculated as annualized total interest expense divided by the sum of average total deposits and borrowed funds.
         


    MIDWEST
    ONE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND YIELD ANALYSIS

      Six Months Ended
      June 30, 2025   June 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance
      Interest
    Income/
    Expense
      Average
    Yield/
    Cost
      Average
    Balance
      Interest
    Income/
    Expense
      Average
    Yield/
    Cost
    ASSETS                      
    Loans, including fees (1)(2)(3) $ 4,330,659   $ 123,741   5.76 %   $ 4,358,957   $ 121,448   5.60 %
    Taxable investment securities   1,187,836     26,255   4.46 %     1,538,928     18,688   2.44 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities (2)(4)   104,170     1,724   3.34 %     325,414     4,137   2.56 %
    Total securities held for investment(2)   1,292,006     27,979   4.37 %     1,864,342     22,825   2.46 %
    Other   114,327     2,764   4.88 %     25,529     660   5.20 %
    Total interest earning assets(2) $ 5,736,992   $ 154,484   5.43 %   $ 6,248,828   $ 144,933   4.66 %
    Other assets   433,617             425,648        
    Total assets $ 6,170,609           $ 6,674,476        
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                      
    Interest checking deposits $ 1,230,873   $ 4,228   0.69 %   $ 1,299,413   $ 6,035   0.93 %
    Money market deposits   994,340     12,390   2.51 %     1,087,616     15,886   2.94 %
    Savings deposits   839,498     6,218   1.49 %     716,458     4,720   1.32 %
    Time deposits   1,417,054     28,313   4.03 %     1,458,969     30,027   4.14 %
    Total interest bearing deposits   4,481,765     51,149   2.30 %     4,562,456     56,668   2.50 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   1,795     6   0.67 %     5,315     21   0.79 %
    Other short-term borrowings       38   %     426,036     10,363   4.89 %
    Total short-term borrowings   1,795     44   4.94 %     431,351     10,384   4.84 %
    Long-term debt   112,696     3,545   6.34 %     121,761     4,181   6.91 %
    Total borrowed funds   114,491     3,589   6.32 %     553,112     14,565   5.30 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities $ 4,596,256   $ 54,738   2.40 %   $ 5,115,568   $ 71,233   2.80 %
    Noninterest bearing deposits   917,103             935,564        
    Other liabilities   77,662             92,581        
    Shareholders’ equity   579,588             530,763        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 6,170,609           $ 6,674,476        
    Net interest income(2)     $ 99,746           $ 73,700    
    Net interest spread(2)         3.03 %           1.86 %
    Net interest margin(2)         3.51 %           2.37 %
                           
    Total deposits(5) $ 5,398,868   $ 51,149   1.91 %   $ 5,498,020   $ 56,668   2.07 %
    Cost of funds(6)         2.00 %           2.37 %
                               
    (1) Average balance includes nonaccrual loans.
    (2) Tax equivalent. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (3) Interest income includes net loan fees, loan purchase discount accretion and tax equivalent adjustments. Net loan fees were $528 thousand and $574 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. Loan purchase discount accretion was $2.3 million and $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. Tax equivalent adjustments were $2.0 million and $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (4) Interest income includes tax equivalent adjustments of $0.3 million and $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (5) Total deposits is the sum of total interest-bearing deposits and noninterest bearing deposits. The cost of total deposits is calculated as annualized interest expense on deposits divided by average total deposits.
    (6) Cost of funds is calculated as annualized total interest expense divided by the sum of average total deposits and borrowed funds.
     


    Non-GAAP Measures

    This earnings release contains non-GAAP measures for tangible common equity, tangible book value per share, tangible common equity ratio, return on average tangible equity, net interest margin (tax equivalent), core net interest margin, loan yield (tax equivalent), core yield on loans, efficiency ratio, adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per share, and pre-tax pre-provision net revenue. Management believes these measures provide investors with useful information regarding the Company’s profitability, financial condition and capital adequacy, consistent with how management evaluates the Company’s financial performance. The following tables provide a reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure to the most comparable GAAP measure.

    Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Book Value                    
    per Share/Tangible Common Equity Ratio   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)     2025       2025       2024       2024       2024  
    Total shareholders’ equity   $ 589,040     $ 579,625     $ 559,696     $ 562,238     $ 543,286  
    Intangible assets, net     (92,147 )     (93,399 )     (94,807 )     (96,257 )     (97,327 )
    Tangible common equity   $ 496,893     $ 486,226     $ 464,889     $ 465,981     $ 445,959  
                         
    Total assets   $ 6,160,773     $ 6,254,394     $ 6,236,329     $ 6,552,482     $ 6,581,658  
    Intangible assets, net     (92,147 )     (93,399 )     (94,807 )     (96,257 )     (97,327 )
    Tangible assets   $ 6,068,626     $ 6,160,995     $ 6,141,522     $ 6,456,225     $ 6,484,331  
                         
    Book value per share   $ 28.36     $ 27.85     $ 26.94     $ 27.06     $ 34.44  
    Tangible book value per share(1)   $ 23.92     $ 23.36     $ 22.37     $ 22.43     $ 28.27  
    Shares outstanding     20,769,577       20,815,715       20,777,485       20,774,919       15,773,468  
                         
    Common equity ratio     9.56 %     9.27 %     8.97 %     8.58 %     8.25 %
    Tangible common equity ratio(2)     8.19 %     7.89 %     7.57 %     7.22 %     6.88 %
       
    (1) Tangible common equity divided by shares outstanding.
    (2) Tangible common equity divided by tangible assets.
     
       
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands)     2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net income   $ 9,980     $ 15,138     $ 15,819     $ 25,118     $ 19,088  
    Intangible amortization, net of tax(1)     931       1,047       1,195       1,978       2,423  
    Tangible net income   $ 10,911     $ 16,185     $ 17,014     $ 27,096     $ 21,511  
                         
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 587,708     $ 571,378     $ 533,994     $ 579,588     $ 530,763  
    Average intangible assets, net     (92,733 )     (94,169 )     (99,309 )     (93,447 )     (97,302 )
    Average tangible equity   $ 494,975     $ 477,209     $ 434,685     $ 486,141     $ 433,461  
                         
    Return on average equity     6.81 %     10.74 %     11.91 %     8.74 %     7.23 %
    Return on average tangible equity(2)     8.84 %     13.75 %     15.74 %     11.24 %     9.98 %
       
    (1) The income tax rate utilized was the blended marginal tax rate.
    (2) Annualized tangible net income divided by average tangible equity.
     
    Net Interest Margin, Tax Equivalent/
    Core Net Interest Margin
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands)     2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net interest income   $ 49,982     $ 47,439     $ 36,347     $ 97,421     $ 71,078  
    Tax equivalent adjustments:                    
    Loans(1)     1,022       981       938       2,003       1,858  
    Securities(1)     160       162       377       322       764  
    Net interest income, tax equivalent   $ 51,164     $ 48,582     $ 37,662     $ 99,746     $ 73,700  
    Loan purchase discount accretion     (1,142 )     (1,166 )     (1,261 )     (2,308 )     (2,413 )
    Core net interest income   $ 50,022     $ 47,416     $ 36,401     $ 97,438     $ 71,287  
                         
    Net interest margin     3.49 %     3.36 %     2.33 %     3.42 %     2.29 %
    Net interest margin, tax equivalent(2)     3.57 %     3.44 %     2.41 %     3.51 %     2.37 %
    Core net interest margin(3)     3.49 %     3.36 %     2.33 %     3.42 %     2.29 %
    Average interest earning assets   $ 5,745,664     $ 5,728,250     $ 6,282,494     $ 5,736,992     $ 6,248,828  
       
    (1) The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (2) Annualized tax equivalent net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.
    (3) Annualized core net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.     
     
          Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    Loan Yield, Tax Equivalent / Core Yield on Loans   June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands)     2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Loan interest income, including fees     $ 62,276     $ 59,462     $ 61,643     $ 121,738     $ 119,590  
    Tax equivalent adjustment(1)       1,022       981       938       2,003       1,858  
    Tax equivalent loan interest income     $ 63,298     $ 60,443     $ 62,581     $ 123,741     $ 121,448  
    Loan purchase discount accretion       (1,142 )     (1,166 )     (1,261 )     (2,308 )     (2,413 )
    Core loan interest income     $ 62,156     $ 59,277     $ 61,320     $ 121,433     $ 119,035  
                           
    Yield on loans       5.72 %     5.62 %     5.61 %     5.67 %     5.52 %
    Yield on loans, tax equivalent(2)       5.81 %     5.71 %     5.69 %     5.76 %     5.60 %
    Core yield on loans(3)       5.70 %     5.60 %     5.58 %     5.65 %     5.49 %
    Average loans     $ 4,370,196     $ 4,290,710     $ 4,419,697     $ 4,330,659     $ 4,358,957  
       
    (1) The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (2) Annualized tax equivalent loan interest income divided by average loans.
    (3) Annualized core loan interest income divided by average loans.
     
          Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    Efficiency Ratio   June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands)     2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Total noninterest expense     $ 35,767     $ 36,293     $ 35,761     $ 72,060     $ 71,326  
    Amortization of intangibles       (1,252 )     (1,408 )     (1,593 )     (2,660 )     (3,230 )
    Merger-related expenses             (40 )     (854 )     (40 )     (2,168 )
    Noninterest expense used for efficiency ratio     $ 34,515     $ 34,845     $ 33,314     $ 69,360     $ 65,928  
                           
    Net interest income, tax equivalent(1)     $ 51,164     $ 48,582     $ 37,662     $ 99,746     $ 73,700  
    Plus: Noninterest income       10,249       10,136       21,554       20,385       31,304  
    Less: Investment securities gains, net             33       33       33       69  
    Net revenues used for efficiency ratio     $ 61,413     $ 58,685     $ 59,183     $ 120,098     $ 104,935  
                           
    Efficiency ratio (2)       56.20 %     59.38 %     56.29 %     57.75 %     62.83 %
       
    (1) The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 21%.
    (2) Noninterest expense adjusted for amortization of intangibles and merger-related expenses divided by the sum of tax equivalent net interest income, noninterest income and net investment securities gains.
     
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    Adjusted Earnings   June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)     2025       2025       2024     2025       2024  
    Net income   $ 9,980     $ 15,138     $ 15,819   $ 25,118     $ 19,088  
    Less: Investment securities gains, net of tax(1)           25       24     24       51  
    Less: Mortgage servicing rights (loss) gain, net of tax(1)     (196 )     (158 )     96     (355 )     (177 )
    Plus: Merger-related expenses, net of tax(1)           30       634     30       1,608  
    Less: Gain on branch sale, net of tax(1)                 8,201           8,201  
    Adjusted earnings   $ 10,176     $ 15,301     $ 8,132   $ 25,479     $ 12,621  
                         
    Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding     20,843       20,849       15,781     20,846       15,775  
                         
    Earnings per common share – diluted   $ 0.48     $ 0.73     $ 1.00   $ 1.20     $ 1.21  
    Adjusted earnings per common share(2)   $ 0.49     $ 0.73     $ 0.52   $ 1.22     $ 0.80  
       
    (1) The income tax rate utilized was the blended marginal tax rate.
    (2) Adjusted earnings divided by weighted average diluted common shares outstanding.
     
        For the Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    Pre-tax Pre-provision Net Revenue   June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands)   2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net interest income   $ 49,982     $ 47,439     $ 36,347     $ 97,421     $ 71,078  
    Noninterest income     10,249       10,136       21,554       20,385       31,304  
    Noninterest expense     (35,767 )     (36,293 )     (35,761 )     (72,060 )     (71,326 )
    Pre-tax Pre-provision Net Revenue   $ 24,464     $ 21,282     $ 22,140     $ 45,746     $ 31,056  

    Category: Earnings
    This news release may be downloaded from Corporate Profile | MidWestOne Financial Group, Inc.

    Source: MidWestOne Financial Group, Inc.

    Industry: Banks

    Contacts:  
    Charles N. Reeves   Barry S. Ray
    Chief Executive Officer  Chief Financial Officer
    319.356.5800  319.356.5800

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bel Reports Second Quarter and First Half 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WEST ORANGE, N.J., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bel Fuse Inc. (Nasdaq: BELFA and BELFB) today announced preliminary financial results for the second quarter and first half of 2025.

    Second Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net sales of $168.3 million compared to $133.2 million in Q2-24. Up 26.3% from Q2-24
    • Gross profit margin of 38.7%, compared to 40.1% in Q2-24
    • GAAP net earnings attributable to Bel shareholders of $26.9 million versus GAAP net earnings attributable to Bel shareholders of $18.8 million in Q2-24
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $35.2 million (20.9% of sales) as compared to $27.7 million (20.8% of sales) in Q2-24
    • Gain of $4.1 million on Sale of Glen Rock, PA building

    “We are pleased with our second quarter results, which exceeded expectations due to improved on-time shipments and enhanced intraquarter turns, reinforcing our thesis of growth for the year,” said Farouq Tuweiq, President and CEO. “Gross margins aligned with guidance, reflecting operational stability. Strength was evident in defense and commercial aerospace applications, alongside a rebound in networking and distribution sales in certain segments, signaling recovery after nearly two years of inventory destocking.

    “Tariffs minimally impacted performance, resulting in only $2.2 million of low-margin sales during the second quarter. We believe our ability to achieve solid results in uncertain times validates our strategic approach. For Q3, based on information available today, we anticipate net sales of $165-$180 million and gross margins of 37%-39%, driven by strong Q2 bookings and sequential growth expected in the second half.”

    “We remain optimistic about delivering value to our customers and shareholders as we navigate the evolving market dynamics,” concluded Mr. Tuweiq.

    Non-GAAP financial measures, such as Non-GAAP net earnings attributable to Bel shareholders, Non-GAAP EPS, Non-GAAP Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA, adjust corresponding GAAP measures for provision for income taxes, other income/expense, net, interest income/expense, and depreciation and amortization, and also exclude, where applicable for the covered period presented in the financial statements, certain unusual or special items identified by management such as restructuring charges, gains/losses on sales of businesses and properties, acquisition related costs, impairment charges, noncontrolling interest (“NCI”) adjustments from fair value to redemption value, and certain litigation costsIn addition, in the fourth quarter of 2024, we modified our presentation of Non-GAAP financial measures, including revising our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP EPS, to additionally exclude from these Non-GAAP measures (i) stock-based compensation, (ii) amortization of intangibles (which primarily relates to the amortization of finite-lived customer relationships and technology associated with the Company’s historical acquisitions, including those associated with the recent acquisition of Enercon), and (iii) unrealized foreign currency exchange (gains) losses. We believe this change enhances investor insight into our operational performance. We have applied this modified definition of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP EPS to all periods presentedPlease refer to the financial information included with this press release for reconciliations of GAAP financial measures to Non-GAAP financial measures and our explanation of why we present Non-GAAP financial measures.

    Conference Call
    Bel has scheduled a conference call for 8:30 a.m. ET on Friday, July 25, 2025 to discuss these results. To participate in the conference call, investors should dial 877-407-0784, or 201-689-8560 if dialing internationally. The presentation will additionally be broadcast live over the Internet and will be available at https://ir.belfuse.com/events-and-presentations. The webcast will be available via replay for a period of at least 30 days at this same Internet address. For those unable to access the live call, a telephone replay will be available at 844-512-2921, or 412-317-6671 if dialing internationally, using access code 13754675 after 12:30 pm ET, also for 30 days.

    About Bel
    Bel (www.belfuse.com) designs, manufactures and markets a broad array of products that power, protect and connect electronic circuits. These products are primarily used in the networking, telecommunications, computing, general industrial, high-speed data transmission, defense, commercial aerospace, transportation and eMobility industries. Bel’s portfolio of products also finds application in the automotive, medical, broadcasting and consumer electronics markets. Bel’s product groups include Power Solutions and Protection (front-end, board-mount and industrial power products, module products and circuit protection), Connectivity Solutions (expanded beam fiber optic, copper-based, RF and RJ connectors and cable assemblies), and Magnetic Solutions (integrated connector modules, power transformers, power inductors and discrete components). The Company operates facilities around the world.

    Company Contact:
    Lynn Hutkin
    Chief Financial Officer
    ir@belf.com

    Investor Contact:
    Three Part Advisors
    Jean Marie Young, Managing Director or Steven Hooser, Partner
    631-418-4339
    jyoung@threepa.com; shooser@threepa.com

    Cautionary Language Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including but not limited to, our guidance for the third quarter of 2025; our statements regarding our expectations for future periods generally including anticipated financial performance, projections and trends for the remainder of the 2025 year ahead and other future periods; our statements regarding future events, performance, plans, intentions, beliefs, expectations and estimates, including statements regarding matters such as trends and expectations as to our sales, volumes, gross margin, products, product groups, customers, geographies and end markets; statements about uncertainty of the evolving tariff landscape, associated difficulties in forecasting, the Company’s estimates concerning Bel’s global sales and recently imposed tariffs, and the Company’s intention to continue to monitor the tariff landscape and assess potential alternatives; statements about anticipated continued strength in certain end markets, and views on the effects on the Company’s overall future performance; and statements regarding our expectations and beliefs regarding trends in the Company’s business and industry and the markets in which Bel operates, and about broader market trends and the macroeconomic environment generally, and other statements regarding the Company’s positioning, its strategies, future progress, investments, plans, targets, goals, and other focuses and initiatives, and the expected timing and potential benefits thereof. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this release and are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections as well as the beliefs and assumptions of management. Words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “believe,” “hope,” “target,” “project,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “goals,” “estimate,” “potential,” “predict,” “may,” “will,” “might,” “could,” “intend,” variations of these terms or the negative of these terms and similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which involve factors or circumstances that are beyond Bel’s control. Bel’s actual results could differ materially from those stated or implied in our forward-looking statements (including without limitation any of Bel’s projections) due to a number of factors, including but not limited to, difficulties associated with integrating previously acquired companies, including any unanticipated difficulties, or unexpected or higher than anticipated expenditures, relating to Bel’s November 2024 acquisition of Enercon, and including, without limitation, the risk that Bel is unable to integrate the Enercon business successfully or difficulties that result in the failure to realize the expected benefits and synergies within the expected time period (if at all); the possibility that the Bel’s intended acquisition of the remaining 20% stake in Enercon is not completed in accordance with the shareholders agreement as contemplated for any reason, and any resulting disruptions to Bel’s business and its currently 80% owned Enercon subsidiary as a result thereof; trends in demand which can affect Bel’s products and results, including that demand in Enercon’s end markets can be cyclical, impacting the demand for Enercon’s products, which could be materially adversely affected by reductions in defense spending; the market concerns facing Bel’s customers, and risks for the Company’s business in the event of the loss of certain substantial customers; the continuing viability of sectors that rely on Bel’s products; the effects of business and economic conditions, and challenges impacting the macroeconomic environment generally and/or Bel’s industry in particular; the effects of rising input costs, and cost changes generally, including the potential impact of inflationary pressures; capacity and supply constraints or difficulties, including supply chain constraints or other challenges; the impact of public health crises; difficulties associated with the availability of labor, and the risks of any labor unrest or labor shortages; risks associated with Bel’s international operations, including Bel’s substantial manufacturing operations in China, and following Bel’s November 2024 acquisition of Enercon , risks associated with operations in Israel, which may be adversely affected by political or economic instability, major hostilities or acts of terrorism in the region; risks associated with restructuring programs or other strategic initiatives, including any difficulties in implementation or realization of the expected benefits or cost savings; product development, commercialization or technological difficulties; the regulatory and trade environment including the potential effects of the imposition or modification of new or increased tariffs either by the U.S. government on foreign foreign imports or by a foreign government on U.S. exports related to the countries in which Bel transacts business and trade restrictions that may impact Bel, its customers and/or its suppliers, and risks associated with the evolving trade environment, trade restrictions, and changes in trade agreements, and general uncertainty about future changes in trade and tariff policy and the associated impacts of those changes; risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates; uncertainties associated with legal proceedings; the market’s acceptance of the Company’s new products and competitive responses to those new products; the impact of changes to U.S. and applicable foreign legal and regulatory requirements, including tax laws; and the risks detailed in Bel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 and in subsequent reports filed by Bel with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as other documents that may be filed by Bel from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In light of the risks and uncertainties impacting Bel’s business, there can be no assurance that any forward-looking statement will in fact prove to be correct. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. The forward-looking statements included in this press release represent Bel’s views as of the date of this press release. Bel anticipates that subsequent events and developments will cause its views to change. Bel undertakes no intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing Bel’s views as of any date subsequent to the date of this press release.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    The Non-GAAP financial measures identified in this press release as well as in the supplementary information to this press release (Non-GAAP net earnings attributable to Bel shareholders, Non-GAAP EPS, Non-GAAP Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA) are not measures of performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). These measures should not be considered a substitute for, and the reader should also consider, income from operations, net earnings, earnings per share and other measures of performance as defined by GAAP as indicators of our performance or profitability. Our non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to other similarly-titled captions of other companies due to differences in the method of calculation. We present results adjusted to exclude the effects of certain unusual or special items and their related tax impact that would otherwise be included under U.S. GAAP, to aid in comparisons with other periods. We believe that these non-GAAP measures of financial results provide useful information to management and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations. We use these non-GAAP measures to compare the Company’s performance to that of prior periods for trend analysis and for budgeting and planning purposes. We also believe that the use of these non-GAAP financial measures provides an additional tool for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing the Company’s financial measures with other similarly situated companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. We also use non-GAAP measures in determining incentive compensation. For additional information about our use of non-GAAP financial measures in connection with our Incentive Compensation Program, please see the Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) section appearing in our Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2025.

    Website Information
    We routinely post important information for investors on our website, www.belfuse.com, in the “Investor Relations” section. We use our website as a means of disclosing material, otherwise non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Accordingly, investors should monitor the Investor Relations section of our website, in addition to following our press releases, Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings, public conference calls, presentations and webcasts. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this document.

    [Financial tables follow]

     
    Bel Fuse Inc.
    Supplementary Information(1)
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
        June 30,     June 30,  
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
                                     
    Net sales   $ 168,299     $ 133,205     $ 320,537     $ 261,295  
    Cost of sales     103,216       79,809       196,635       159,821  
    Gross profit     65,083       53,396       123,902       101,474  
    As a % of net sales     38.7 %     40.1 %     38.7 %     38.8 %
                                     
    Research and development costs     8,104       5,994       15,326       11,209  
    Selling, general and administrative expenses     30,914       24,141       60,421       49,085  
    As a % of net sales     18.4 %     18.1 %     18.8 %     18.8 %
    Restructuring charges     280       638       (2,653 )     703  
    Gain on sale of property     (4,075 )           (4,075 )      
    Income from operations     29,860       22,623       54,883       40,477  
    As a % of net sales     17.7 %     17.0 %     17.1 %     15.5 %
                                     
    Interest expense     (3,993 )     (415 )     (8,145 )     (849 )
    Interest income     264       1,146       539       2,261  
    Other income (expense), net     7,568       (471 )     10,207       1,346  
    Earnings before income taxes     33,699       22,883       57,484       43,235  
                                     
    Provision for income taxes     6,906       4,077       12,369       8,555  
    Effective tax rate     20.5 %     17.8 %     21.5 %     19.8 %
    Net earnings   $ 26,793     $ 18,806     $ 45,115     $ 34,680  
    As a % of net sales     15.9 %     14.1 %     14.1 %     13.3 %
                                     
    Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest     822             1,660        
    Redemption value adjustment attributable to noncontrolling interest     (890 )           (1,280 )      
    Net earnings attributable to Bel Fuse Shareholders   $ 26,861     $ 18,806     $ 44,735     $ 34,680  
                                     
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding:                                
    Class A common shares – basic and diluted     2,115       2,124       2,115       2,131  
    Class B common shares – basic and diluted     10,551       10,492       10,504       10,551  
                                     
    Net earnings per common share:                                
    Class A common shares – basic and diluted   $ 2.03     $ 1.43     $ 3.39     $ 2.61  
    Class B common shares – basic and diluted   $ 2.14     $ 1.50     $ 3.58     $ 2.76  
     
    (1) The supplementary information included in this press release for 2025 is preliminary and subject to change prior to the filing of our upcoming Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Bel Fuse Inc.
    Supplementary Information(1)
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands, unaudited)
     
        June 30, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    Assets                
    Current assets:                
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 59,284     $ 68,253  
    Held to maturity U.S. Treasury securities           950  
    Accounts receivable, net     121,241       111,376  
    Inventories     164,648       161,370  
    Other current assets     33,442       31,581  
    Total current assets     378,615       373,530  
    Property, plant and equipment, net     48,704       47,879  
    Right-of-use assets     23,930       25,125  
    Related-party note receivable     3,715       2,937  
    Equity method investment     10,284       9,265  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     436,292       439,984  
    Other assets     49,040       51,069  
    Total assets   $ 950,580     $ 949,789  
                     
    Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and stockholders’ equity                
    Current liabilities:                
    Accounts payable   $ 53,685     $ 49,182  
    Operating lease liability, current     8,688       7,954  
    Other current liabilities     61,709       70,933  
    Total current liabilities     124,082       128,069  
    Long-term debt     250,000       287,500  
    Operating lease liability, long-term     16,387       17,763  
    Other liabilities     74,402       75,295  
    Total liabilities     464,871       508,627  
    Redeemable noncontrolling interests     80,966       80,586  
    Stockholders’ equity     404,743       360,576  
    Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and stockholders’ equity   $ 950,580     $ 949,789  
     
    (1) The supplementary information included in this press release for 2025 is preliminary and subject to change prior to the filing of our upcoming Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Bel Fuse Inc.
    Supplementary Information(1)
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands, unaudited)
     
        Six Months Ended  
        June 30,  
        2025     2024  
                     
    Cash flows from operating activities:                
    Net earnings   $ 45,115     $ 34,680  
    Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:                
    Depreciation and amortization     13,284       7,123  
    Stock-based compensation     2,900       1,775  
    Amortization of deferred financing costs     692       27  
    Deferred income taxes     (861 )     (2,930 )
    Net unrealized gains on foreign currency revaluation     (12,913 )     (355 )
    Gain on sale of property     (4,075 )      
    Other, net     1,595       652  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
    Accounts receivable, net     (8,203 )     2,805  
    Unbilled receivables     (1,400 )     6,887  
    Inventories     (122 )     7,972  
    Accounts payable     3,511       (4,026 )
    Accrued expenses     (8,641 )     (14,147 )
    Accrued restructuring costs     (5,075 )     (1,553 )
    Income taxes payable     2,143       4,517  
    Other operating assets/liabilities, net     914       (5,083 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities     28,864       38,344  
                     
    Cash flows from investing activities:                
    Purchases of property, plant and equipment     (6,718 )     (4,278 )
    Purchases of held to maturity U.S. Treasury securities           (122,345 )
    Proceeds from held to maturity securities     950       101,071  
    Investment in related party notes receivable     (778 )     (633 )
    Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment     4,867       229  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (1,679 )     (25,956 )
                     
    Cash flows from financing activities:                
    Dividends paid to common stockholders     (1,660 )     (1,674 )
    Deferred financing costs     (681 )      
    Repayments of long-term debt     (42,500 )      
    Proceeds of long-term debt     5,000        
    Purchases of common stock           (14,175 )
    Net cash used in financing activities     (39,841 )     (15,849 )
                     
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     3,687       (934 )
                     
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (8,969 )     (4,395 )
    Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period     68,253       89,371  
    Cash and cash equivalents – end of period   $ 59,284     $ 84,976  
                     
                     
    Supplementary information:                
    Cash paid during the period for:                
    Income taxes, net of refunds received   $ 11,422     $ 8,277  
    Interest payments   $ 8,188     $ 1,985  
    ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations   $ 1,502     $ 4,239  
     
    (1) The supplementary information included in this press release for 2025 is preliminary and subject to change prior to the filing of our upcoming Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Bel Fuse Inc.
    Supplementary Information(1)
    Product Group Highlights
    (dollars in thousands, unaudited)
     
        Sales     Gross Margin  
        Q2-25     Q2-24     % Change     Q2-25     Q2-24     Basis Point Change  
    Power Solutions and Protection   $ 86,799     $ 58,551       48.2 %     41.9 %     45.7 %     (380 )
    Connectivity Solutions     59,202       57,822       2.4 %     39.2 %     38.9 %     30  
    Magnetic Solutions     22,298       16,832       32.5 %     28.7 %     26.4 %     230  
    Total   $ 168,299     $ 133,205       26.3 %     38.7 %     40.1 %     (140 )
        Sales     Gross Margin  
        YTD June 2025     YTD June 2024     % Change     YTD June 2025     YTD June 2024     Basis Point Change  
    Power Solutions and Protection   $ 169,853       118,798       43.0 %     42.2 %     44.8 %     (260 )
    Connectivity Solutions     109,932       112,107       -1.9 %     38.6 %     37.6 %     100  
    Magnetic Solutions     40,752       30,390       34.1 %     26.9 %     21.8 %     510  
    Total   $ 320,537     $ 261,295       22.7 %     38.7 %     38.8 %     (10 )
     
    (1) The supplementary information included in this press release for 2025 is preliminary and subject to change prior to the filing of our upcoming Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Bel Fuse Inc.
    Supplementary Information(1)
    Reconciliation of GAAP Net Earnings to Non-GAAP Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA(2)(3)
    (in thousands, unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
        June 30,     June 30,  
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
                                     
    GAAP Net earnings   $ 26,793     $ 18,806     $ 45,115     $ 34,680  
    Provision for income taxes     6,906       4,077       12,369       8,555  
    Other income/expense, net     (7,568 )     471       (10,207 )     (1,346 )
    Interest income     (264 )     (1,146 )     (539 )     (2,261 )
    Interest expense     3,993       415       8,145       849  
    GAAP Operating Income   $ 29,860     $ 22,623     $ 54,883     $ 40,477  
    Restructuring charges     280       638       (2,653 )     703  
    Amortization of inventory step-up     799             1,757        
    Gain on sale of property     (4,075 )           (4,075 )      
    Stock-based compensation     1,721       971       2,900       1,775  
    Non-GAAP Operating Income   $ 28,585     $ 24,232     $ 52,812     $ 42,955  
    Depreciation and amortization     6,600       3,439       13,284       7,123  
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 35,185     $ 27,671     $ 66,096     $ 50,078  
    % of net sales     20.9 %     20.8 %     20.6 %     19.2 %
                                     
    (1) The supplementary information included in this press release for 2025 is preliminary and subject to change prior to the filing of our upcoming Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    (2) In this press release and supplemental information, we have included Non-GAAP financial measures, including Non-GAAP net earnings attributable to Bel shareholders, Non-GAAP EPS, Non-GAAP Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA. We present results adjusted to exclude the effects of certain specified items and their related tax impact that would otherwise be included under GAAP, to aid in comparisons with other periods. We believe that these non-GAAP measures of financial results provide useful information to management and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations. We use these non-GAAP measures to compare the Company’s performance to that of prior periods for trend analysis and for budgeting and planning purposes. We also believe that the use of these non-GAAP financial measures provides an additional tool for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing the Company’s financial measures with other similarly situated companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. We also use non-GAAP measures in determining incentive compensation. See the section above captioned “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information.
    (3) In the fourth quarter of 2024, we modified our presentation of Non-GAAP financial measures, including revising our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP EPS, to additionally exclude from these Non-GAAP measures (i) stock-based compensation, (ii) amortization of intangibles (which primarily relates to the amortization of finite-lived customer relationships and technology associated with the Company’s historical acquisitions, including those associated with the recent acquisition of Enercon), and (iii) unrealized foreign currency exchange (gains) losses. We believe this change enhances investor insight into our operational performance. We have applied this modified definition of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP EPS to all periods presented.
    Bel Fuse Inc.
    Supplementary Information(1)
    Reconciliation of GAAP Measures to Non-GAAP Measures(2)(4)
    (in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)
     
    The following tables detail the impact that certain unusual or special items had on the Company’s net earnings per common Class A and Class B basic and diluted shares (“EPS”) and the line items in which these items were included on the consolidated statements of operations.
     
        Three Months Ended June 30, 2025     Three Months Ended June 30, 2024  
    Reconciling Items   Earnings before taxes     Provision for income taxes     Net Earnings Attributable to Bel Fuse Shareholders     Class A EPS(3)     Class B EPS(3)     Earnings before taxes     Provision for income taxes     Net Earnings Attributable to Bel Fuse Shareholders     Class A EPS(3)     Class B EPS(3)  
                                                                                     
    GAAP measures   $ 33,699     $ 6,906     $ 26,861     $ 2.03     $ 2.14     $ 22,883     $ 4,077     $ 18,806     $ 1.43     $ 1.50  
    Restructuring charges     280       48       232       0.02       0.02       638       153       485       0.04       0.04  
    Redemption value adjustment on redeemable NCI                 (890 )     (0.07 )     (0.07 )                              
    Amortization of inventory step-up     799       184       615       0.05       0.05                                
    Gain on sale of property     (4,075 )     (937 )     (3,138 )     (0.24 )     (0.25 )                              
    Stock-based compensation     1,721       354       1,367       0.10       0.11       972       200       772       0.06       0.06  
    Amortization of intangibles     3,697       647       3,050       0.23       0.24       1,148       239       909       0.07       0.07  
    Unrealized foreign currency exchange (gains) losses     (9,250 )     (2,127 )     (7,123 )     (0.54 )     (0.57 )     370       80       290       0.02       0.02  
    Non-GAAP measures   $ 26,871     $ 5,075     $ 20,974     $ 1.58     $ 1.67     $ 26,011     $ 4,749     $ 21,262     $ 1.61     $ 1.70  
        Six Months Ended June 30, 2025     Six Months Ended June 30, 2024  
    Reconciling Items   Earnings before taxes     Provision for income taxes     Net Earnings Attributable to Bel Fuse Shareholders     Class A EPS(3)     Class B EPS(3)     Earnings before taxes     Provision for income taxes     Net Earnings Attributable to Bel Fuse Shareholders     Class A EPS(3)     Class B EPS(3)  
                                                                                     
    GAAP measures   $ 57,484     $ 12,369     $ 44,735     $ 3.39     $ 3.58     $ 43,235     $ 8,555     $ 34,680     $ 2.61     $ 2.76  
    Restructuring charges     (2,653 )     (323 )     (2,330 )     (0.18 )     (0.19 )     703       163       540       0.04       0.04  
    Redemption value adjustment on redeemable NCI                 (1,280 )     (0.10 )     (0.10 )                              
    Amortization of inventory step-up     1,757       404       1,353       0.10       0.11                                
    Gain on sale of property     (4,075 )     (937 )     (3,138 )     (0.24 )     (0.25 )                              
    Stock-based compensation     2,900       597       2,303       0.18       0.18       1,776       366       1,410       0.11       0.11  
    Amortization of intangibles     7,383       1,295       6,088       0.46       0.49       2,542       503       2,039       0.15       0.16  
    Unrealized foreign currency exchange (gains) losses     (12,913 )     (2,995 )     (9,918 )     (0.75 )     (0.79 )     (529 )     (127 )     (402 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
    Non-GAAP measures   $ 49,883     $ 10,410     $ 37,813     $ 2.86     $ 3.02     $ 47,727     $ 9,460     $ 38,267     $ 2.89     $ 3.04  
     
    (1) The supplementary information included in this press release for 2025 is preliminary and subject to change prior to the filing of our upcoming Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    (2) In this press release and supplemental information, we have included Non-GAAP financial measures, including Non-GAAP net earnings attributable to Bel shareholders, Non-GAAP EPS, Non-GAAP Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA. We present results adjusted to exclude the effects of certain specified items and their related tax impact that would otherwise be included under GAAP, to aid in comparisons with other periods. We believe that these non-GAAP measures of financial results provide useful information to management and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations. We use these non-GAAP measures to compare the Company’s performance to that of prior periods for trend analysis and for budgeting and planning purposes. We also believe that the use of these non-GAAP financial measures provides an additional tool for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing the Company’s financial measures with other similarly situated companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. We also use non-GAAP measures in determining incentive compensation. See the section above captioned “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information.
    (3) Individual amounts of earnings per share may not agree to the total due to rounding.
    (4) In the fourth quarter of 2024, we modified our presentation of Non-GAAP financial measures, including revising our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP EPS, to additionally exclude from these Non-GAAP measures (i) stock-based compensation, (ii) amortization of intangibles (which primarily relates to the amortization of finite-lived customer relationships and technology associated with the Company’s historical acquisitions, including those associated with the recent acquisition of Enercon), and (iii) unrealized foreign currency exchange (gains) losses. We believe this change enhances investor insight into our operational performance. We have applied this modified definition of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP EPS to all periods presented.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Tuberville Chairs First HELP Subcommittee Hearing

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Alabama Tommy Tuberville
    WASHINGTON – Yesterday, U.S. Senator Tommy Tuberville (R-AL) led his first hearing as Chairman of the Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP) Subcommittee on Education and the American Family with lead advocates for reform in the nation’s educational system. During the hearing, entitled “Empowering Families for Better Educational Results,” witnesses underscored places where the current education system falls short, such as declining literacy rates and the lack of charter schools. Sen. Tuberville emphasized the importance of allowing parents to make choices when it comes to their children’s education and the legislation that will benefit teachers, parents, and children.
    In effort to understand how to improve literacy across the nation, Sen. Tuberville and his Republican colleagues asked the witnesses what policies they believe should be implemented. The witnesses also discussed the preparation and professional development that would empower teachers in the classroom. Finally, Sen. Tuberville asked witnesses about the positive effects that charter schools can have on communities.
    Witnesses included:
    Mr. Tyler Barnett, CEO of New Schools for Alabama
    Ms. Anne Wicks, Don Evans Family Managing Director Opportunity and Democracy George W. Bush Institute
    Ms. Ginny Gentles, Director of Education Freedom and Parental Rights Defense of Freedom Institute
    Mr. Richard Barrera, Board Vice President of San Diego Unified School District
    Read excerpts of the transcript below or watch clips of the hearing on YouTube or Rumble. 
    OPENING STATEMENT:
    TUBERVILLE: “Good afternoon. The Senate Committee on Health Education Labor and Pensions Subcommittee on Education and the American Family will come to order. Thanks for being here. As you can tell, we’re running a little late. It’s a little hectic on the hill today, but we will survive. This afternoon, we’re having a hearing on empowering families for better educational results. Ranking member Blunt Rochester and I will each have an opening statement. The witnesses will have five minutes for their opening statements, and senators will each have five minutes for questions.
    We will obviously have senators coming in and out because [there are] many, many votes today. So, thank you to all the witnesses for being here today. It’s always nice to see a fellow Alabamian here today up here in the swamp. Thanks to Mr. Barnett for coming to visit today. We’ve called this hearing to discuss something very near and dear to my heart. One of the reasons I’m here. I was an educator for decades before I decided to come up here, and over those years, I saw the state of our education system decline. The federal government just kept spending more money and more money in K-12 education, and the more they spent, the worse outcomes became. It was just amazing me to watch it in real time, and it made no sense. It’s the main reason I chose to run for this office.
    I didn’t want to see our kids fail year after year, then I got here and realized that we can fix it, but a lot of things are broken. Four years I’ve been serving here on the HELP Committee, and this year, I finally got this gavel to make sure we could have something like this to where we could bring these things to light. I wanted to focus on our kids’ educational outcomes and figure out where we were failing, and also, where we’re doing good things. That leads us to today.
    That’s why we’re having this hearing.
    We need to take a good, hard look at our K-12 education system and figure out [what we can do] to fix it, to make it better, because the status quo in a lot of areas is not cutting it. That means we need to think outside the box. Since COVID, parents have gotten a lot more engaged and that’s where all the necessary change can start, right at home, family. And, since parents have started paying more attention, they’ve started calling for more and more options.
    Parents across our country are calling for their states to offer more options for their kids outside of failing school systems. States represented by folks on both sides of this dice are working on school choice options in their state legislature. We’ll hear about that issue from our witnesses today. Parents want these options, and we ought to listen to them. In my home state of Alabama last year, we passed the Choose Act, which created an income tax credit for families who choose to enroll their children in private schools or homeschooling.
    Virginia, Florida, Alaska, Massachusetts, New Jersey, Indiana, and Washington are just a few states to name that have implemented or have pending state legislation to create these income tax credits promoting school choice. It’s simple. When we give our parents and students choice, we yield better educational results. We owe our kids this investment. But it doesn’t end there.
    Right now, our kids in a lot of areas can’t read. We have kids entering middle school and high school who aren’t at a third grade reading level. I used to recruit kids. I’d bring them in with 3.5 GPAs. The next thing I know after testing them, they wouldn’t be [at a] sixth grade reading level. Something has got to change with that. States and governors across our country have taken up the literacy challenge and enacted legislation at the state level, where it should be. Ranking member Blunt Rochester’s home state of Delaware passed House Bill 304 that implemented reading assessments three times a school year for kids K-3, and my state passed the Alabama Literacy Act, which does the same thing. And we’re trying. No matter the state, this is a widespread effort, and we will discuss today the methods that are working.
    We’ll talk about the science of reading and how best to implement. In our classrooms, we’ll hear about how we can invest in our teachers, invest to prepare them to tackle this crisis head-on. They need to be set up for success just as much as our students do. I want today to be an opportunity for this committee to have a conversation about what our states are doing, and what [we can] do to support them from here, from the federal level. Our children are the best resource this country has, the best thing we’ve got going.
    And above all, we owe them one thing, an opportunity to succeed. And I look forward to working with all of you towards this common goal. Now, I yield to my ranking member, Senator Blunt Rochester, for her opening statement.”
    […]
    ON HOW THE SUCCESS OF CHARTER SCHOOLS IMPACTS DISTRICT SCHOOLS:
    TUBERVILLE: “Mr. Barnett, we’ve had tremendous growth in the number of students across American enrolling in charter schools. Over four million students to be exact. How does that success of charter schools impact our district public school system?”
    BARNETT: “Thank you, Mr. Chairman. So, there are really two large national studies that speak to this. One comes out of the Progressive Policy Institute, and another comes out of the Forum Institute. Both actually show that the presence of charter schools has, in some way, improved outcomes within district schools. There’s a certain threshold that the Progressive Policy Institute’s study showed somewhere around 30%. So, the presence of charter schools that give up to 30% of students in a given market, the opportunity to enroll has [a] positive net impact on not only charter school performance, but also district performance.”
    […]
    ON THE IMPORTANCE OF PREPARING OUR EDUCATORS TO TEACH THE SCIENCE OF READING METHOD:
    TUBERVILLE: “Ms. Wicks, you talked about teacher preparedness and professional development in your testimony. How important is preparing our educators to teach the science of reading method?”
    WICKS: “Senator, thank you for that important question. It’s critical that we give educators the right preparedness to understand this issue and be able to deploy it in their classrooms. I referenced in my opening remarks that only 25% of educator prep programs are currently teaching the science of reading to their aspiring teachers. And even worse, about 40% of them are teaching the wrong stuff. So, they’re teaching these brand-new teachers the wrong way to teach reading.
    If they’re interested in more—the National Council on Teacher Quality put out that report. They’re the best at studying Teacher Prep programs. And I think this comes down to a matter of state leadership and accreditation.
    They make some recommendations about the importance of setting state standards for what these programs need to be teaching. [We need to] have some way to measure that if it’s through accreditation or others.
    And then to tie the state licensure exams to those standards, to ensure that those candidates have actually learned this and can do it in their classroom. And you see the same thing for sitting teachers who maybe never got this in their training and need that professional development.”
    TUBERVILLE: “Thank you, Ms. Gentles, you know, on both sides of the argument whether President Trump and the Department of Education [is] undermining public school. And because of the work done to expand school choice, do you think there’s a truth to that argument?”
    GENTLES: “Consistently studies show that when states have implemented school choice programs, the nearby public schools have benefited. So increasing competition inspires innovation, and a rising tide lifts all boats. So, we were pleased to see the Executive Order from the President supporting expanding school choice [and] educational freedom, and we’re also pleased to see the Executive Order ordering the Secretary of Education to look into dismantling the Department of Education within […] federal law and with the understanding that the Secretary will be working with Congress on that. Because we do think that […] freeing up states from federal regulations from monitoring, from compliance—all the time that all those bureaucrats at the state and district level are spending on federal paperwork is going to benefit public education. It’s going to benefit public school students. It’s going to benefit public school educators.”
    TUBERVILLE: “Do you think we should give more power back to the states when it [comes to] education?”
    GENTLES: “Absolutely. We need to give power to the states. I think we’ve heard such great news today on what strong state leaders—sensible state leaders—implementing common sense policies are doing. It’s very encouraging to see what’s happening.
    We didn’t mention Louisiana, but Louisiana is a bright spot amidst the 2024 NAEP scores, the only state where fourth grade reading scores exceeded pre-COVID [grades].”
    CASSIDY: “More so than Alabama?”
    GENTLES: “Alabama’s pretty awesome too. It’s been referred to as the southern surge. There’s really good news coming out of the states and encouraging that, fostering that is absolutely the right direction. […] Education policies [are] set at the state level and let’s foster that and let’s get the federal government out of the way.”
    Senator Tommy Tuberville represents Alabama in the United States Senate and is a member of the Senate Armed Services, Agriculture, Veterans’ Affairs, HELP and Aging Committees.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Tuberville Speaks to DOD Chief of Naval Operations Nominee

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Alabama Tommy Tuberville
    WASHINGTON – U.S. Senator Tommy Tuberville (R-AL) participated in a Senate Armed Services Committee hearing today to consider the nomination of Admiral Daryl Caudle to be Chief of Naval Operations. During the hearing, Sen. Tuberville and Admiral Caudle discussed the need to work with our allies as we work to improve our U.S. Naval capabilities, as well as the advantages of using unmanned vessels at sea.
    Excerpts from the interview can be found below and the full interview can be viewed on YouTube or Rumble.
    ON SHIPBUILDING WITH OUR ALLIES:
    TUBERVILLE: “Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Admiral, congratulations. You’ve earned this. Looking forward to working with you. You know, we talk about shipbuilding, and we do a lot of that in my state of Alabama.
    Now, we’re in the submarine business. But I was also in the education business. We’re 500,000 electricians short in this country. In mine and your lifetime, we can’t catch up. We’re gonna have to use our allies to help build some things.
    What’s your thoughts about that? And, for instance, [South] Korea, they build 5 to our 1 keels. [What] are your thoughts on helping and working with our allies to help build ships in the future?”
    CAUDLE: “Well, Senator, thanks for meeting with me. I enjoyed our time in your office. I wanna work with the Secretary of the Navy and the Department of Defense on looking at this hard. Again, I’ve said this is an all hands on deck [effort]. I don’t know how we do what we need to do without bringing international partners into the capacity problem that we have, while we build up our capacity because we need ships today.
    And, so, there are no magic beans to that. There’s nothing that’s just gonna make that happen. So, the solution space has got to open up. And I think part of that has to look at international partnerships to give us a little bit of a relief valve while we work on our own organic industrial capacity.”
    TUBERVILLE: “As you said, we need them yesterday. And again, this education problem is not going away. Our workforce problem is not going away. We gotta use the best that we know how. And we gotta build ships and we gotta build them fast. But they gotta be good ships, and I think working with our allies is gonna be one way for us to address this problem.”
    ON SAIL DRONES:
    TUBERVILLE: “What’s your thoughts on unmanned vessels like sail drones that we make in our state of Alabama. Are you familiar with those?”
    CAUDLE: “Senator, I am familiar with them. Those are type of technologies that are crucial. Sail drones are part of the fabric of how we improve our Maritime Domain Awareness. You’ve, I’m sure, heard of the instantiations we’ve had with our Task Force 59 in the Arabian Gulf using those type of technologies. We’ve had them in the Gulf of America with our southern border watch. We’re using them there with [U.S.] Fourth Fleet and other places. So, yes, that’s a part of exactly what we need to network persistent capabilities where I don’t want manned vessels spending time just collecting things that unmanned can do much more affordably and effectively.”
    TUBERVILLE: “Yeah. Those have been used well down in the Caribbean on the war on drugs. And we’re proud of how they worked, and we need to continue to expand that there. I don’t think there’s any doubt about that. A lot of eyes out there that we don’t have to man [with] people and train people, but it’s good that you go along with it. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.”
    Senator Tommy Tuberville represents Alabama in the United States Senate and is a member of the Senate Armed Services, Agriculture, Veterans’ Affairs, HELP and Aging Committees.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Tuberville Introduces Huntsville’s Bill Roark During HELP Hearing

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Alabama Tommy Tuberville
    WASHINGTON – Today, U.S. Senator Tommy Tuberville (R-AL)introduced Mr. Bill Roark of Huntsville, Alabama, as a witness appearing before the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP) Committee. The hearing was about empowering workers by expanding employee ownership.
    Read excerpts from the hearing below or watch on YouTube or Rumble.
    INTRODUCTION:
    TUBERVILLE: “I’m proud to introduce an Auburn man and a constituent, Mr. Bill Roark. Mr. Roark is the Co-founder of Torch Technologies Inc., Founder and Executive Chairman of the Board of Starfish Holdings, Inc., and Founder and Chair of the Board of Freedom Real Estate and Capital LLC, so he stays pretty busy. He’s a champion for employee ownership, and he has led multiple companies to national recognition [thanks] to his core values.
    As CEO of Torch Technologies, Mr. Rourke implemented an employee-owned ownership program from the company’s inception with the goal of becoming a 100% S corp employee stock ownership plan. His company achieved that goal in just under 10 years. Torch and Mr. Roark gained national attention for being named on the inaugural list of best of America’s best small companies by Forbes. During his tenure, Torch received multiple business awards and was named the number one fastest-growing, privately-held defense contractor in the southeast region. Torch Technologies provides superior research development and engineering services to the Department of Defense. Mr. Roark recently led Torch to become a certified evergreen company, achieving its long-term commitment to 100% employee ownership and its pledge to remain privately held to ensure enduring stability and opportunity for its workforce. This milestone came as Torch celebrated its 20th anniversary. 
    A true believer in company culture and employee well-being, Mr. Rourke has prioritized top-tier benefits and working conditions throughout his career. Mr. Rourke also founded Starfish Holdings Incorporated, a holding company that provides beneficial ownerships to employees across all its portfolios through an ESOP structure. Starfish Holdings companies now include Torch Technologies Inc., Freedom Real Estate and Capital LLC, and SIMVANA [LLC]. Mr. Roark has a proven track record with a common denominator of building companies where employees can thrive, retire with dignity, and find lasting purpose in their work.
    Thank you for being here today, Mr. Roark.”
    ON THE IMPORTANCE OF WORKPLACE DIGNITY:
    TUBERVILLE: “Important topic. Mister Roark, it’s got to be pretty mind calming to know if you work in an ESOP and you have some of the owners exit the company that everybody’s not gonna lose their job. So, what kind of security does an ESOP structure have for all employees? What that you’ve seen? Some examples.”
    ROARK: “Well, you know, we work real hard to build a succession plan in that it prepares our employees as people retire to step forward. You know, that is a challenge. One of the biggest challenges we’ve had is the success of the ESOP has led to people retiring early, so we have to work that problem a little harder and be training people ready to step into the role. The departure of employees that are retiring actually creates lots of opportunities for the other employees to accelerate in their careers quicker. So, a successful ESOP actually creates a lot of successful careers.
    It also creates the ability for employees to retire with dignity. In fact, the announcement of this hearing went out on our social media last night and one of the posts this morning, I’ll quote for you. […] Jim Deal, one of our retiring employees seven or eight years ago, he says, ‘Tell them how much you helped us retire with dignity.’ That is to me the essence of why I wanted to do this. You know, some 25 years ago, a company bought the company I worked for. And a few months after it was bought, I’d had a successful career. I went from being an entry level person to an executive. I was president of an operating segment. In that time, I’d had one of the most successful careers of anyone at that company. As that acquisition evolved and I was there, I was shortly thereafter, walked to the door and asked, told as I was handed my severance check that ‘We’ll pack your office and send your stuff home.’
    When I started this company, at the core of what I wanted is I wanted people to retire with dignity. When I walked out and stood on that corner, I didn’t feel very dignified. When I meet an employee in the grocery store, I want them to come hug me, not run from me. With the ESOP, I get lots of hugs. Every year when the ESOP statements come out, I get lots of hugs.This is a different way of doing business. I never wanna see an employee walk through the door in such an undignified manner. I put my whole life into that company. Several times, I worked 24 hours straight to get a delivery out on time.Was that respected? No. My stuff showed up in boxes with a bunch of crap that I didn’t really want, was not dignified at all. I hope that answers your question, Coach.”
    TUBERVILLE: “So, how can we help on the federal level to make ESOP structure more viable for that?”
    ROARK: “No. I think there’s lots of ideas being proposed here in in several of these bills, you know, making this easier, making it clearer in what we’re supposed to do. There’s a lot of murkiness in the bills, you know, one of the things for us in the last few years, we’ve been in a position where we could contribute more than the maximum allowable to our employees, and that creates an issue with the ESOP itself. Rf the limit is at 25%, I can only give 25%. If it were higher, we in some cases would have given higher, including this year. So, there are some pieces there where we could just fine tune some things. The ESOP is a wonderful tool and it provides stability for the employees and provides a retirement path for them as well. So, I think the more that we can refine the regulations around it to encourage people to be able to do this, clear up the rules on how the evaluations are done so that it’s clear what needs to be done. I think those would be great helps.”
    TUBERVILLE: “Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.”
    Senator Tommy Tuberville represents Alabama in the United States Senate and is a member of the Senate Armed Services, Agriculture, Veterans’ Affairs, HELP and Aging Committees.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: McConnell Praises President Trump’s Selection of Paducah as Future Home of AI Infrastructure

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Kentucky Mitch McConnell
    WASHINGTON, D.C. – U.S. Senator Mitch McConnell (R-KY) today praised the Trump Administration’s selection of the Department of Energy’s Paducah Site, home of the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant (PGDP), as one of four locations for cutting-edge artificial intelligence (AI) data centers and energy generation projects: 
    “This is great news for the Paducah community, and I want to thank President Trump for selecting the Paducah Site to host new AI infrastructure. The site at the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant has long held a critical role in advancing U.S. national security, and is poised, yet again, to be a national leader in an emerging and important technology. I am proud of the Paducah community and its workforce and know they are prepared to continue working closely with the Department of Energy to further instill PGDP’s role in national security while helping facilitate greater U.S. leadership in AI.” 
    NOTE: Earlier this year, Senator McConnell contacted U.S. Department of Energy Secretary Chris Wright on behalf of the community in support of Paducah’s submission for the nationwide search for the highly competitive Artificial Intelligence Infrastructure on DOE Lands program. 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Security News: Arizona Woman Sentenced for $17M Information Technology Worker Fraud Scheme that Generated Revenue for North Korea

    Source: United States Department of Justice

    An Arizona woman was sentenced today to 102 months in prison for her role in a fraudulent scheme that assisted North Korean Information Technology (IT) workers posing as U.S. citizens and residents with obtaining remote IT positions at more than 300 U.S. companies. The scheme generated more than $17 million in illicit revenue for Chapman and for the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK or North Korea).

    Christina Marie Chapman, 50, of Litchfield Park, Arizona, pleaded guilty on Feb. 11 in the District of Columbia to conspiracy to commit wire fraud, aggravated identity theft, and conspiracy to launder monetary instruments. In addition to the 102-month prison term, U.S. District Court Judge Randolph D. Moss ordered Chapman to serve three years of supervised release, to forfeit $284,555.92 that was to be paid to the North Koreans, and to pay a judgment of $176,850.

    “Christina Chapman perpetrated a years’ long scheme that resulted in millions of dollars raised for the DPRK regime, exploited more than 300 American companies and government agencies, and stole dozens of identities of American citizens,” said Acting Assistant Attorney General Matthew R. Galeotti of the Justice Department’s Criminal Division. “Chapman made the wrong calculation: short term personal gains that inflict harm on our citizens and support a foreign adversary will have severe long term consequences.  I encourage companies to remain vigilant of these cyber threats, and warn individuals who may be tempted by similar schemes to take heed of today’s sentence.”

    “North Korea is not just a threat to the homeland from afar. It is an enemy within. It is perpetrating fraud on American citizens, American companies, and American banks. It is a threat to Main Street in every sense of the word,” said U.S. Attorney Jeanine Ferris Pirro for the District of Columbia. “The call is coming from inside the house. If this happened to these big banks, to these Fortune 500, brand name, quintessential American companies, it can or is happening at your company. Corporations failing to verify virtual employees pose a security risk for all. You are the first line of defense against the North Korean threat.”

    “The North Korean regime has generated millions of dollars for its nuclear weapons program by victimizing American citizens, businesses, and financial institutions,” said Assistant Director Rozhavsky of the FBI’s Counterintelligence Division. “However, even an adversary as sophisticated as the North Korean government can’t succeed without the assistance of willing U.S. citizens like Christina Chapman, who was sentenced today for her role in an elaborate scheme to defraud more than 300 American companies by helping North Korean IT workers gain virtual employment and launder the money they earned. Today’s sentencing demonstrates that the FBI will work tirelessly with our partners to defend the homeland and hold those accountable who aid our adversaries.”

    “The sentencing today demonstrates the great lengths to which the North Korean government will go in its efforts and resources to fund its illicit activities. The FBI continues to pursue these threat actors to disrupt their network and hold those accountable wherever they may be,” said Special Agent in Charge Heith Janke of the FBI Phoenix Field Office.

    “Today’s sentencing brings justice to the victims whose identities were stolen for this international fraud scheme,” said Special Agent in Charge Carissa Messick of the IRS Criminal Investigation (IRS-CI) Phoenix Field Office. “The scheme was elaborate. If this sentencing proves anything, it’s that no amount of obfuscation will prevent IRS-CI and our law enforcement partners from tracking down those that wish to steal the identities of U.S. nationals, launder money, or engage in criminality that jeopardizes national security.”

    The case involved one of the largest North Korean IT worker fraud schemes charged by the Department of Justice, with 68 identities stolen from victims in the United States and 309 U.S. businesses and two international businesses defrauded.

    According to court documents, North Korea has deployed thousands of highly skilled IT workers around the world, including to the United States, to obtain remote employment using false, stolen, or borrowed identities of U.S. persons. To circumvent controls employed by U.S. companies to prevent the hiring of illicit overseas IT workers, the North Korean IT workers obtain assistance from U.S.-based collaborators.

    Chapman helped North Korean IT workers obtain jobs at 309 U.S. companies, including Fortune 500 corporations. The impacted companies included a top-five major television network, a Silicon Valley technology company, an aerospace manufacturer, an American car maker, a luxury retail store, and a U.S media and entertainment company. Some of the companies were targeted by the IT workers, who maintained a repository of postings for companies that they wanted to employ them. The IT workers also attempted to obtain employment at two different U.S. government agencies, although these efforts were generally unsuccessful.

    Chapman operated a “laptop farm” where she received and hosted computers from the U.S. companies at her home, deceiving the companies into believing that the work was being performed in the United States. Chapman also shipped 49 laptops and other devices supplied by U.S. companies to locations overseas, including multiple shipments to a city in China on the border with North Korea. More than 90 laptops were seized from Chapman’s home following the execution of a search warrant in October 2023.

    Christina Chapman organized and stored U.S. company laptops in her home, and included notes identifying the U.S. company and identity associated with each laptop.

    Much of the millions of dollars in income generated by the scheme was falsely reported to the IRS and Social Security Administration in the names of actual U.S. individuals whose identities had been stolen or borrowed. Additionally, Chapman received and forged payroll checks in the names of the stolen identities used by the IT workers and received IT workers’ wages through direct deposit from U.S. companies into her U.S. financial accounts. Chapman further transferred the proceeds from the scheme to individuals overseas.

    This case was investigated by the FBI Phoenix Field Office, and the IRS-CI Phoenix Field Office. Assistance was provided by the FBI Chicago Field Office.

    Trial Attorney Ashley R. Pungello of the Criminal Division’s Computer Crime and Intellectual Property Section and Assistant U.S. Attorney Karen P. Seifert for the District of Columbia prosecuted the case, with assistance from Paralegal Specialist Jorge Casillas. Assistant U.S. Attorney Joshua Rothstein for the District of Columbia, the Victim Witness Unit, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Arizona, and the National Security Division’s National Security Cyber Section also provided assistance.

    ***

    In a coordinated effort, FBI Phoenix also issued guidance for HR professionals on detecting North Korean IT workers, and the Department of State issued guidance on the North Korean IT worker threat.

    Prior guidance was issued by the FBI, State Department, and the Department of the Treasury on this threat in a May 2022 advisory, and by the United States and the Republic of Korea (South Korea) in October 2023. The FBI issued updated guidance in May 2024 regarding the use of U.S. persons acting as facilitators by providing a U.S.-based location for U.S. companies to send devices and a U.S.-based internet connection for access to U.S. company networks and in January 2025 concerning the extortion and theft of sensitive company data by North Korean IT workers, along with recommended mitigations.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI USA News: Fact Sheet: President Donald J. Trump Takes Action to End Crime and Disorder on America’s Streets

    Source: US Whitehouse

    ENDING VAGRANCY AND RESTORING ORDER: Today, President Donald J. Trump signed an Executive Order to restore order to American cities and remove vagrant individuals from our streets, redirecting federal resources toward programs that tackle substance abuse and returning to the acute necessity of civil commitment.

    • The Order directs the Attorney General to reverse judicial precedents and end consent decrees that limit State and local governments’ ability to commit individuals on the streets who are a risk to themselves or others.  
    • The Order requires the Attorney General to work with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, and the Secretary of Transportation to prioritize grants for states and municipalities that enforce prohibitions on open illicit drug use, urban camping and loitering, and urban squatting, and track the location of sex offenders.
    • The Order redirects funding to ensure that individuals camping on streets and causing public disorder and that are suffering from serious mental illness or addiction are moved into treatment centers, assisted outpatient treatment, or other facilities.
    • The Order ensures discretionary grants for substance use disorder prevention, treatment, and recovery do not fund drug injection sites or illicit drug use.
    • The Order stops sex offenders who receive homelessness assistance from being housed with children, and allows programs to exclusively house women and children.

    ENSURING AMERICANS FEEL SAFE IN THEIR OWN CITIES AND TOWNS: President Trump is taking a new approach focused on protecting public safety because surrendering our cities and citizens to disorder and fear is neither compassionate to the homeless nor to other citizens. 

    • The number of individuals living on the streets in the United States on a single night during the last year of the Biden administration—274,224 —was the highest ever recorded.
    • The overwhelming majority of these individuals are addicted to drugs, have a mental health disorder, or both.
    • Federal and state governments have spent tens of billions of dollars on failed programs that address homelessness but not its root causes, leaving other citizens vulnerable to public safety threats.
    • Shifting these individuals into long-term institutional settings for humane treatment is the most proven way to restore public order. 

    MAKING AMERICA SAFE AGAIN: President Trump is committed to ending homelessness across America. 

    • In 2023, President Trump said: “We will use every tool, lever, and authority to get the homeless off our streets. We want to take care of them, but they have to be off our streets.”
    • In March 2025, President Trump signed an Executive Order to beautify Washington D.C., directing the National Park Service to clear all homeless encampments and graffiti on Federal lands.
    • In May 2025, President Trump signed an Executive Order establishing the National Center for Warrior Independence, a place where homeless veterans can go to receive the care, benefits, and services to which they are entitled.
    • As part of First Lady Melania Trump’s BE BEST Initiative, the Department of Housing and Urban Development announced a $1.8 million dollar investment to prevent homelessness among young Americans aging out of the foster care system.

    MIL OSI USA News